From e3c25dfc5918dbf0ffe3e9bf92c393ab2faf5b9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>
Date: Wed, 23 Oct 2013 17:25:10 +0300
Subject: Add French translation

---
 docs/mcc-help/fr.po | 9905 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 9905 insertions(+)
 create mode 100644 docs/mcc-help/fr.po

(limited to 'docs/mcc-help/fr.po')

diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2a4828e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,9905 @@
+# French translation of mcc-help
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the mcc-help package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: mcc-help\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-22 18:47+0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-23 15:41+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Buggs Bunny <nowhere@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: French <i18n-fr@ml.mageia.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
+msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via WebDAV"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --dav"
+msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--dav1.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--dav-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--dav1.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--dav-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
+"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
+#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introduction"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
+"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
+"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
+"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
+msgid "Creating a new entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
+"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
+"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
+"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
+"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
+"access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked to save "
+"or not the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this "
+"option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. If "
+"your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
+msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
+msgstr "Partager les partitions de vos disques"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
+msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--fileshare.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"diskdrake--fileshare-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--fileshare.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande sous root en "
+"tapant : <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
+"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
+"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
+"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> très simple permet aux "
+"utilisateurs de partager les sous-dossiers de /home avec les autres "
+"utilisateurs du même réseau local utilisant les systèmes d'exploitation "
+"Linux ou Windows."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Il se trouve dans le Centre de Contrôle Mageia, onglet Disques Locaux sous "
+"l'appellation \"Partager les partitions de vos disques\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
+"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
+"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
+"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
+msgstr ""
+"Répondre d'abord à la question : \"<guilabel> Souhaitez-vous autoriser les "
+"utilisateurs à partager certains de leurs dossiers ? </guilabel>\", cliquer "
+"sur <guibutton> Pas de partage </guibutton> si la réponse est non pour tous "
+"les utilisateurs, cliquer sur <guibutton> Autoriser tous les utilisateurs </"
+"guibutton> pour autoriser tout le monde et cliquer sur <guibutton> "
+"Personnalisé</guibutton> si la réponse est non pour certains utilisateurs et "
+"oui pour les autres. Dans ce dernier cas, les utilisateurs autorisés à "
+"partager leurs dossiers doivent appartenir au groupe fileshare, ce qui est "
+"automatiquement réalisé par le système. Vous serez plus tard interrogé à ce "
+"propos."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
+"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
+"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
+"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
+"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
+"required packages will be installed if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un deuxième écran apparait pour vous "
+"demander de choisir entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB</"
+"guibutton>. Cocher <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si le réseau ne comprend que "
+"des systèmes d'exploitation Linux, cocher <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si le "
+"réseau comprend des systèmes d'exploitation Linux et Windows, enfin cliquer "
+"sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Tout paquetage requis sera installé si "
+"nécessaire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
+"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
+"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
+"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
+"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"La configuration est maintenant terminée sauf si l'option "
+"<guibutton>Personnalisé</guibutton> a été choisie. Dans ce cas, un écran "
+"supplémentaire vous invite à ouvrir Userdrake. Cet outil permet d'ajouter au "
+"groupe fileshare les utilisateurs autorisés à partager leurs dossiers. Dans "
+"l'onglet Utilisateur, cliquer sur l'utilisateur à ajouter au groupe "
+"fileshare, puis sur <guimenuitem>Editer</guimenuitem>. Dans l'onglet "
+"Groupes, cocher le groupe fileshare puis sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pour "
+"plus d'informations sur Userdrake, voir <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\"> "
+"cette page</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
+"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'ajout d'un nouvel utilisateur au groupe fileshare, vous devez "
+"déconnecter puis reconnecter le réseau pour que les modifications soient "
+"prises en compte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"have this facility."
+msgstr ""
+"A partir de maintenant, tout utilisateur appartenant au groupe fileshare "
+"peut sélectionner les dossiers à partager dans son gestionnaire de fichiers."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
+#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "fr"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
+msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Accéder aux disques et répertoires partagés via NFS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
+msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"2\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--nfs-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--nfs-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
+msgid "."
+msgstr "."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
+"root<emphasis role=\"bold\"> diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
+"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de donner, à tous "
+"les utilisateurs de la machine, l'accès à des dossiers partagés présents sur "
+"les serveurs du réseau. Le protocole utilisé pour cela est NFS, lequel est "
+"présent sur la plupart des systèmes Linux ou Unix. Les dossiers partagés "
+"seront ainsi disponibles dés la fin du démarrage du PC, pour tout "
+"utilisateur au moyen d'outils tels qu'un gestionnaire de fichiers."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
+msgid "Procedure"
+msgstr "Procédure"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
+"which share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Rechercher les serveurs</guibutton> pour obtenir une "
+"liste des serveurs qui partagent leurs dossiers."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
+"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur le symbole > devant le nom du serveur pour afficher la liste des "
+"dossiers partagés et sélectionner celui auquel vous désirez accéder."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Le bouton <guibutton>Point de montage</guibutton> deviendra accessible pour "
+"y désigner l'endroit où monter le dossier."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
+"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
+"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le choix du point de montage, vous pouvez procéder au montage.  Il est "
+"aussi possible de vérifier et de modifier certaines options avec le bouton "
+"<guibutton>Options</guibutton>. Le même bouton que le montage sert aussi au "
+"démontage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:72 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will "
+"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This "
+"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is "
+"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for "
+"example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'acceptation de la configuration en cliquant sur le bouton "
+"<guibutton>Terminé</guibutton> un message apparaît pour demander \"Désirez "
+"vous enregistrer les modifications dans /etc/fstab\". Répondre oui rendra le "
+"dossier disponible à chaque session, si le réseau est disponible. Le dossier "
+"partagé est alors accessible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, par exemple "
+"Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
+msgid "CD/DVD burner"
+msgstr "Graveur CD/DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
+msgid "diskdrake --removable"
+msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"diskdrake--removable-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"diskdrake--removable.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/diskdrake--"
+"removable.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--removable-"
+"im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:12 en/drakinvictus.xml:12
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 en/drakups.xml:12
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 en/msecgui.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir "
+"écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de documentation </link> ou "
+"bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
+msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Accéder aux disques et répertoires de Windows (Samba)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --smb"
+msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
+"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permet de déclarer quels "
+"dossiers partagés peuvent être accessibles par tous les utilisateurs de la "
+"machine. Le protocole utilisé pour cela est SMB qui fut popularisé sur les "
+"systèmes Windows(R) . Le dossier partagé sera disponible à chaque boot. Les "
+"dossiers partagés peuvent aussi être accédés directement lors d'une session "
+"utilisateur avec un outil tel qu'un gestionnaire de fichiers."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
+"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Avant de lancer l'outil, il est conseillé de déclarer le nom des serveurs "
+"disponibles, par exemple avec <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner <guibutton> Rechercher les serveurs </guibutton> pour obtenir "
+"une liste de serveurs qui partagent des dossiers."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
+"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur le nom du serveur et sur > devant le nom du serveur pour "
+"afficher la liste des dossiers partagés et pouvoir sélectionner le dossier "
+"auquel on désire avoir accès."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
+"have to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Le bouton <guibutton> Point de montage </guibutton> deviendra disponible, "
+"utilisez le pour spécifier où monter le dossier."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
+"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
+"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le choix du point de montage, procéder au montage avec le bouton "
+"<guimenu> Monter</guimenu>. Il est aussi possible de vérifier et de modifier "
+"certaines options grâce au bouton <guibutton>Options</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
+"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
+"with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+"Spécifier ici les noms et mots de passe des utilisateurs autorisés à se "
+"connecter au serveur SMB. Après montage du dossier, il peut être démonté "
+"avec le même bouton."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
+"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
+"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> pour accepter la "
+"configuration, un message demande alors \"Souhaitez vous sauvegarder les "
+"modifications dans le fichier /etc/fstab\". Répondre oui rendra le dossier "
+"partagé accessible à chaque session, si le réseau est disponible. Ce dossier "
+"sera alors accessible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, par exemple Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:3
+msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
+msgstr "Effets de bureau 3D"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:5
+msgid "drak3d"
+msgstr "drak3d"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drak3d-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" fileref=\"drak3d.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drak3d.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
+"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
+"default."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est destiné à la gestion "
+"des effets de bureau 3D proposés par votre système d'exploitation. Ces "
+"effets sont désactivés par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:25
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr "Démarrage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
+"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour l'utilisation de cet outil, le paquetage <emphasis><emphasis>glxinfo</"
+"emphasis></emphasis> doit être installé. Dans le cas contraire, vous serez "
+"invité à le faire avant que drak3d ne puisse démarrer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
+"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le lancement de drak3d, une fenêtre apparaît et présente un menu. "
+"Choisir ici soit \"Pas d'effets 3D\" soit \"Compiz Fusion\". Compiz Fusion "
+"est un gestionnaire de fenêtres composite qui permet des effets spéciaux "
+"avec accélération matérielle pour votre ordinateur. Choisir Compiz Fusion "
+"pour le mettre en service."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"S'il s'agit de de la première utilisation de ce programme après une nouvelle "
+"installation complète de Mageia, un message d'avertissement est affiché "
+"indiquant quels paquetages doivent être installés pour assurer le "
+"fonctionnement de Compiz Fusion. Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Ok </"
+"guibutton>pour continuer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drak3d-im3\" fileref="
+"\"drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drak3d-im3\" fileref="
+"\"drak3d_installing_compizfusion.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
+"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
+"for the changes to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois les paquetages nécessaires installés, remarquez que Compiz Fusion "
+"est sélectionné dans le menu drak3d, mais pour cela il faut se déconnecter "
+"et se reconnecter afin que les changements soient pris en compte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
+"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Après la reconnexion, Compiz Fusion est activé. Pour le configurer, voir la "
+"page au sujet de l'outil CCSM (Compiz Config Settings Manager)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:59
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr "Dépannage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:62
+msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
+msgstr "Impossible de voir le bureau après la connexion"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
+"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
+"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+"Si après l'activation de Compiz Fusion vous vous reconnectez sur le bureau "
+"et qu'il est impossible de voir quelque chose, redémarrez l'ordinateur pour "
+"revenir sur l'écran de connexion. A ce niveau, cliquez sur l'icône bureau et "
+"sélectionnez drak3d."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/"
+"drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
+"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Lors de la connexion, si votre compte est reconnu de type administrateur, "
+"vous serez invité à saisir de nouveau votre mot de passe. Sinon, utilisez la "
+"connexion administrateur avec son compte.  Ensuite, il est possible de "
+"retirer toutes les modifications qui auraient pu causer le problème de "
+"connexion."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:9
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Authentification"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:11
+msgid "drakauth"
+msgstr "drakauth"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakauth.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakauth-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakauth-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakauth.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> donne la possibilité de "
+"modifier la manière dont on est reconnu comme utilisateur sur la machine ou "
+"sur le réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
+"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
+"and give information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, les informations concernant l'authentification sont stockées "
+"dans un fichier sur l'ordinateur. Ne le modifier que si l'administrateur "
+"système invite à le faire et donne les informations nécessaires à ce sujet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
+msgid "Set up boot system"
+msgstr "Configurer le démarrage du système"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5
+msgid "drakboot --boot"
+msgstr "drakboot --boot"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakboot--boot.png\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"drakboot--boot-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakboot--boot.png\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"drakboot--boot-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 en/drakboot--boot.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot--boot</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
+"boot, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de configurer les "
+"options d'amorçage (choix du chargeur d'amorçage, mise en place d'un mot de "
+"passe, l'amorçage par défaut etc.)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
+"up boot system\"."
+msgstr ""
+"On le trouve dans l'onglet Démarrage du Centre de Contrôle Mageia, sous la "
+"désignation \"Configurer le démarrage du système\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
+"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
+msgstr ""
+"N'utilisez cet outil que si vous savez parfaitement ce que vous faites, la "
+"modification de certains éléments peut interdire tout nouvel amorçage !"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la première partie, appelée <guilabel>Programme d'amorçage</guilabel>, "
+"il est possible de choisir quel <guibutton>Programme d'amorçage à utiliser</"
+"guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, et avec un menu en mode texte ou graphique. C'est "
+"une simple question de goût, sans autres conséquences. Il est aussi possible "
+"de choisir le <guibutton>Périphérique d'amorçage</guibutton>, ne rien "
+"modifier ici à moins d'être un expert. Le périphérique d'amorçage est "
+"l'endroit où le programme d'amorçage est installé et toute modification peut "
+"interdire l'amorçage de la machine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
+"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la seconde partie, appelée <guilabel>Options principales</guilabel>,se "
+"trouve le réglage du <guibutton>Délai avant l'activation du choix par "
+"défaut</guibutton>, exprimé en secondes. Pendant ce délai, Grub ou Lilo "
+"affichent la liste des systèmes d'exploitation disponibles, vous invitant à "
+"faire votre choix, si aucune sélection n'est effectuée, c'est l'image par "
+"défaut qui sera amorcée une fois le délai expiré."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
+"possible to set a password."
+msgstr ""
+"La troisième et dernière partie, appelée <guibutton>Sécurité</guibutton>, "
+"autorise la mise en place d'un mot de passe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
+msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
+msgstr ""
+"Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> propose des options supplémentaires."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Activer l'ACPI :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
+"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
+"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
+"compatible."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) est un standard de gestion "
+"de l'énergie. Il permet de réaliser des économies en arrêtant des "
+"périphériques inutilisés, c'était la méthode utilisée auparavant par l'APM.  "
+"Cocher cette case si le matériel est compatible ACPI."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Activer le SMP :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
+"multicore processors."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP signifie Symmetric Multi Processors, c'est une architecture pour les "
+"processeurs multicores."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
+"processor and enable SMP."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour les processeurs utilisant l'HyperThreading, Mageia les détecte comme "
+"des processeurs dual core et active le SMP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Activer l'APIC</guibutton> et <guibutton>Activer l'APIC local :</"
+"guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
+"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
+"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses "
+"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
+"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
+"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC signifie Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ce sont deux "
+"composants du système APIC d'INTEL. L'APIC local (LAPIC) et l'APIC E/S. Ce "
+"dernier dirige les interruptions qu'il reçoit des bus périphériques vers un "
+"ou plusieurs APIC locaux qui sont dans le processeur. Cela est vraiment "
+"utile pour les systèmes à multi processeurs. Certains ordinateurs "
+"rencontrent des problèmes avec le système ACPI, ce qui peu provoquer des "
+"plantages ou une détection incorrecte du matériel (message d'erreur : "
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Dans ce cas, désactiver l'APIC et/ou "
+"l'APIC local."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:78
+msgid "<guibutton>Clean /tmp at each boot:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Vider le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"If checked, this option will empty the /tmp directory at each boot, "
+"preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't need "
+"to be kept."
+msgstr ""
+"Lorsque cette option est cochée, le dossier /tmp sera vidé à chaque "
+"démarrage, l'empêchant de devenir trop important et le débarrassant des "
+"éléments qui n'ont pas besoin d'être conservés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:85
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, se trouve la liste de toutes "
+"les entrées du menu d'amorçage, celle par défaut est repérée par un "
+"astérisque. Pour changer l'ordre des entrées, sélectionner celle à déplacer "
+"et cliquer sur les flèches haut ou bas. Cliquer sur le bouton "
+"<guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modifier</guibutton>, pour "
+"faire apparaître une nouvelle fenêtre permettant l'ajout d'une entrée dans "
+"le menu d'amorçage ou la modification d'une entrée existante. Il faut bien "
+"connaître Lilo ou Grub pour être capable d'utiliser ces outils."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:99
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
+"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
+"example: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+"Le champ <guilabel>Label</guilabel> est libre, inscrire ici ce que l'on "
+"souhaite voir affiché dans le menu. Il correspond à la commande \"title\" de "
+"grub. Par exemple : Mageia3."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
+"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"Le champ <guilabel>Image</guilabel> contient le nom du noyau. Il correspond "
+"à la commande \"kernel\" de Grub. Par exemple /boot/vmlinuz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
+"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"Le champ <guilabel>Partition racine </guilabel>contient le nom du "
+"périphérique où est enregistré le noyau. Il correspond à la commande \"root"
+"\".  Par exemple : (hd0,1)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
+"the kernel at boot time."
+msgstr ""
+"Le champ<guilabel> Options passées au noyau</guilabel> contient les options "
+"à passer au noyau pendant l'amorçage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
+"entry by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la case <guilabel>Choix par défaut</guilabel> est cochée, Grub amorcera "
+"cette entrée par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
+"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran supplémentaire<guilabel> Avancé</guilabel>, il est possible de "
+"choisir le <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, un fichier <guilabel>initrd</"
+"guilabel> et un profil réseau dans les listes déroulantes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:3
+msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
+msgstr "Configurer la connexion automatique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:6
+msgid "drakboot"
+msgstr "drakboot"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakboot-im1\" fileref="
+"\"drakboot.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakboot-im1\" fileref="
+"\"drakboot.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
+"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
+"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
+"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de connecter "
+"automatiquement à chaque démarrage un utilisateur particulier, dans son "
+"environnement de bureau, sans lui demander son mot de passe. Cela s'appelle "
+"la connexion automatique. C'est généralement une bonne idée sur une machine "
+"qui ne possède qu'un seul utilisateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
+"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Il se trouve dans l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Démarrage</emphasis> du "
+"Centre de Contrôle Mageia, sous l'appellation \"Configurer la connexion "
+"automatique\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:26
+msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
+msgstr "Les boutons de l'interface sont assez évidents :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Cocher <guibutton>Lancer l'interface graphique au démarrage</guibutton>, "
+"pour que le système X Window soit exécuté après le démarrage. Sinon le "
+"système démarre en mode texte. Cependant, il restera possible de lancer "
+"l'interface graphique manuellement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
+"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
+"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la première case est cochée, deux autres options sont disponibles, cocher "
+"soit <guibutton> Ne pas connecter automatiquement un utilisateur</"
+"guibutton>, pour que le système continue à demander quel utilisateur "
+"connecter (avec le mot de passe) ou bien cocher <guibutton> Connexion "
+"automatique (choisir utilisateur et bureau)</guibutton>. Dans ce cas, il est "
+"aussi nécessaire de fournir le nom de l'<guilabel>Utilisateur par défaut</"
+"guilabel> et le <guilabel>Bureau par défaut</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
+msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
+msgid "drakbug_report"
+msgstr "drakbug_report"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> donne la possibilité de "
+"modifier la manière dont on est reconnu comme utilisateur sur la machine ou "
+"sur le réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
+msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
+msgid "lspci"
+msgstr "lspci"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
+msgid "pci_devices"
+msgstr "pci_devices"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
+msgid "dmidecode"
+msgstr "dmidecode"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
+msgid "fdisk"
+msgstr "fdisk"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
+msgid "scsi"
+msgstr "scsi"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
+msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
+msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
+msgid "lsmod"
+msgstr "lsmod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
+msgid "cmdline"
+msgstr "cmdline"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
+msgid "pcmcia: stab"
+msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
+msgid "usb"
+msgstr "usb"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
+msgid "partitions"
+msgstr "partitions"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
+msgid "cpuinfo"
+msgstr "cpuinfo"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
+msgid "syslog"
+msgstr "syslog"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
+msgid "Xorg.log"
+msgstr "Xorg.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
+msgid "monitor_full_edid"
+msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
+msgid "stage1.log"
+msgstr "stage1.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
+msgid "ddebug.log"
+msgstr "ddebug.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
+msgid "install.log"
+msgstr "install.log"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
+msgid "fstab"
+msgstr "fstab"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
+msgid "modprobe.conf"
+msgstr "modprobe.conf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
+msgid "lilo.conf"
+msgstr "lilo.conf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
+msgid "grub: menu.lst"
+msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
+msgid "grub: install.sh"
+msgstr "grub: install.sh"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
+msgid "grub: device.map"
+msgstr "grub: device.map"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
+msgid "xorg.conf"
+msgstr "xorg.conf"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
+msgid "urpmi.cfg"
+msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
+msgid "modprobe.preload"
+msgstr "modprobe.preload"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
+msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
+msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
+msgid "/proc/iomem"
+msgstr "/proc/iomem"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
+msgid "/proc/ioport"
+msgstr "/proc/ioport"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
+msgid "mageia version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
+msgid "rpm -qa"
+msgstr "rpm -qa"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
+msgid "df"
+msgstr "df"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
+"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:9
+msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:9
+msgid "drakbug"
+msgstr "drakbug"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakbug-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakbug.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakbug-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakbug.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous root : "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
+"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
+"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:3
+msgid "Manage date and time"
+msgstr "Gérer la date et l'heure"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:5
+msgid "drakclock"
+msgstr "drakclock"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakclock.png\" xml:id=\"drakclock-im1\" "
+"revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakclock.png\" xml:id=\"drakclock-im1\" "
+"revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande sous root en "
+"tapant <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
+"\"Système\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom <guilabel>Gérer la "
+"date et l'heure</guilabel>. Dans certains bureaux, il est aussi disponible "
+"par un clic droit sur l'horloge dans la zone de notification puis cliquer "
+"sur \"Régler la date et l'heure...\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:21
+msgid "It's a very simple tool."
+msgstr "C'est un outil très simple."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
+"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
+msgstr ""
+"En haut à gauche, il y a le <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendrier</emphasis>. "
+"Sur la copie d'écran ci-dessus, la date indiquée est Septembre (en haut à "
+"gauche), le 2 (en bleu) de l'année 2012 (en haut à droite), et c'est un "
+"dimanche. Sélectionner le mois (ou l'année)  en cliquant sur la petite "
+"flèche de chaque côté de Septembre (ou de 2012).  Sélectionner le jour en "
+"cliquant sur son numéro."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
+msgstr ""
+"En bas à gauche se trouve la synchronisation avec le <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Protocole du temps réseau (Network Time Protocol, NTP).</emphasis> C'est "
+"la possibilité d'avoir une horloge toujours à l'heure en la synchronisant "
+"avec un serveur. Cocher la case <guilabel> Activer NTP</guilabel> et choisir "
+"le plus proche serveur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
+"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"Sur la partie droite se trouve l'<emphasis role=\"bold\">horloge</emphasis>. "
+"Il est inutile de la mettre à l'heure si le NTP est en service. Trois cases "
+"affichent les heures, minutes et secondes (19, 29 et 56 sur la copie "
+"d'écran). Utiliser les petites flèches pour régler l'heure. Il est "
+"impossible de changer le format d'affichage ici, pour cela utiliser les "
+"outils de configuration du bureau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
+"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
+"nearest town."
+msgstr ""
+"Enfin, en bas à droite, sélectionner votre fuseau horaire en cliquant sur le "
+"bouton <guibutton>Changer le fuseau horaire </guibutton>et désigner dans la "
+"liste la ville la plus proche."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Même s'il n'est pas possible de choisir le format d'affichage de la date ou "
+"de l'heure avec cet outil, elles seront néanmoins affichées sur le bureau "
+"conformément à la configuration de la localisation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "Remove a connection"
+msgstr "Supprimer une connexion"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "drakconnect --del"
+msgstr "drakconnect --del"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakconnect--del-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakconnect--del.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect--del.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:"
+"id=\"drakconnect--del-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de supprimer une "
+"interface réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
+"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur le menu déroulant, choisir l'interface à supprimer, puis cliquer "
+"sur <emphasis>suivant</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
+"successfully."
+msgstr ""
+"Ensuite apparaît un message confirmant la suppression avec succès de "
+"l'interface réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
+msgstr "Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet (LAN, RNIS, ADSL, ...)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
+msgid "drakconnect"
+msgstr "drakconnect"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakconnect-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakconnect.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakconnect-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"drakconnect1.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
+"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
+"your access provider or your network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve sous l'onglet "
+"Réseau &amp; Internet du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom "
+"\"Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet (LAN, RNIS, ADSL, ...)\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
+"and provider you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner le type de connexion à établir, en accord avec le matériel et "
+"le fournisseur d'accès à disposition."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
+msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion filaire (Ethernet)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
+"to configure."
+msgstr ""
+"La première fenêtre liste les interfaces disponibles.  Sélectionner celle "
+"qui est à configurer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"Ensuite, le choix est donné entre attribuer une adresse IP automatiquement "
+"ou manuellement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
+msgid "Automatic IP"
+msgstr "IP automatique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Configuration Ethernet/IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les "
+"serveurs DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont "
+"manuellement, comme expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce "
+"dernier cas, l'adresse IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom "
+"d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le "
+"nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le "
+"nom d'hôte peut aussi être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option "
+"<emphasis>Affecter le nom d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>. Tous les "
+"serveurs DHCP ne possèdent pas cette fonction, et si vous configurez votre "
+"PC pour obtenir une adresse IP du routeur ADSL domestique, il y a peu de "
+"chance que cela fonctionne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:61
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
+msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
+msgstr "Le bouton \"Avancé\" donne la possibilité de spécifier :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
+msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
+msgstr ""
+"Le domaine recherché (non accessible, tel que fourni par le serveur DHCP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
+msgid "the DHCP client"
+msgstr "Le client DHCP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
+msgid "DHCP timeout"
+msgstr "Le délai d'expiration DHCP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
+msgstr ""
+"Récupérer les serveurs YP depuis le serveur DHCP (coché par défaut) : "
+"spécifier le serveur NIS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
+msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
+msgstr ""
+"Récupérer le serveur NTPD depuis le serveur DHCP (synchronisation des "
+"horloges)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
+msgid ""
+"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
+"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
+"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
+msgstr ""
+"Nom d'hôte DHCP. N'utiliser cette option que si le serveur DHCP exige du "
+"client la spécification d'un nom d'hôte avant de lui fournir une adresse IP. "
+"Cette option n'est pas acceptée par certains serveurs DHCP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
+"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'acceptation, les dernières étapes, qui sont communes à toutes les "
+"configurations de connexion, sont expliquées ici : <xref linkend="
+"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
+msgid "Manual configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration manuelle"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
+"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
+"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Configuration de Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: déclarer quels serveurs "
+"sont nécessaires. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si "
+"aucun n'est spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est "
+"attribué par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour un réseau domestique, l'adresse IP ressemble en général à "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, le masque de réseau est "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, et les adresses des passerelle et "
+"serveurs DNS sont indiquées sur le site Web du fournisseur d'accès Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans \"paramètres avancés\", il est possible de préciser un "
+"<emphasis>Domaine recherché</emphasis>. C'est habituellement votre domaine "
+"principal. Par exemple, si l'ordinateur s'appelle \"splash\" et si son nom "
+"de domaine complet est \"splash.boatanchor.net\", le domaine de recherche "
+"est probablement \"boatanchor.net\". A moins que d'en avoir spécifiquement "
+"besoin, ce paramètre n'est pas obligatoire. Là encore, les routeurs "
+"domestiques n'ont en général pas besoin de ce paramètre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:135
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect30.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
+msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Les étapes suivantes sont exposée dans <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
+msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion par satellite (DVB)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir "
+"écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de documentation </link> ou "
+"bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
+msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion par modem cable"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
+msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
+msgstr "Il faut spécifier une méthode d'authentification :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Aucune"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (nécessaire pour Telstra). Dans ce cas, fournir un nom "
+"d'utilisateur et un mot de passe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Configuration Câble/IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les "
+"serveurs DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont "
+"manuellement, comme expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce "
+"dernier cas, l'adresse IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom "
+"d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le "
+"nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le "
+"nom d'hôte peut aussi être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option "
+"<emphasis>Affecter le nom d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>. Tous les "
+"serveurs DHCP ne possèdent pas cette fonction, et si vous configurez votre "
+"PC pour obtenir une adresse IP du routeur ADSL domestique, il y a peu de "
+"chance que cela fonctionne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Configuration Cable/IP </emphasis>: déclarer quels serveurs sont "
+"nécessaires. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être précisé ici. Si aucun "
+"n'est spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué "
+"par défaut"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans \"paramètres avancés\", il est possible de préciser un "
+"<emphasis>Domaine recherché</emphasis>. C'est habituellement votre domaine "
+"principal. Par exemple, si l'ordinateur s'appelle \"splash\" et si son nom "
+"de domaine complet est \"splash.boatanchor.net\", le domaine de recherche "
+"est probablement \"boatanchor.net\". A moins que d'en avoir spécifiquement "
+"besoin, ce paramètre n'est pas obligatoire. Là encore, les routeurs "
+"domestiques n'ont en général pas besoin de ce paramètre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:272
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect32.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
+msgid "A new DSL connection"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion ADSL"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'outil détecte la présence d'interfaces réseau, il invite à en "
+"sélectionner une et à la configurer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"Une liste de fournisseurs d'accès, ordonnée par pays, est proposée. Choisir "
+"le fournisseur. S'il ne figure pas dans la liste, sélectionner l'option "
+"<guilabel>Non listé</guilabel> (en début de liste) puis entrer les options "
+"données par votre fournisseur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
+msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
+msgstr "Sélectionner un des protocoles disponibles :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
+msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
+msgstr "Protocole de configuration dynamique de l'hôte (DHCP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
+msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration TCP/IP manuelle"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
+msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
+msgstr "PPP sur ATM (PPPoA)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
+msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
+msgstr "PPP sur Ethernet (PPPoE)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
+msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
+msgstr "Protocole de tunnel point à Point (PPTP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
+msgid "Access settings"
+msgstr "Configuration de l'accès"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
+msgid "Account Login (user name)"
+msgstr "Nom de l'utilisateur du compte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
+msgid "Account password"
+msgstr "Mot de passe du compte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
+msgstr "(Avancé) Identifiant de chemin virtuel (VPI)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
+msgstr "(Avancé) Identifiant de circuit virtuel (VCI)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
+msgid "A new ISDN connection"
+msgstr "Nouvelle connexion RNIS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
+msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
+msgstr "L'assistant demande quel périphérique configurer :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
+msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
+msgstr "Choix manuel (carte RNIS/ISDN interne)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
+msgid "External ISDN modem"
+msgstr "Modem RNIS/ISDN externe"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
+"Select your card."
+msgstr ""
+"Une liste de matériels est proposée, classée par catégories et fabricants. "
+"Sélectionnez votre carte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
+msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
+msgstr "Protocoles pour le reste du monde (hors Europe)  (DHCP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
+msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
+msgstr "Protocoles pour l'Europe (EDSS1)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Une liste de fournisseurs est présentée, classée par pays.  Sélectionnez "
+"votre fournisseur. S'il n'est pas listé, choisir l'option <guilabel>Non "
+"listé</guilabel> (à la lettre N) puis entrer les options obtenues auprès du "
+"fournisseur. Ces paramètres sont demandés par la suite :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
+msgid "Connection name"
+msgstr "Nom de la connexion"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
+msgid "Phone number"
+msgstr "Numéro de téléphone"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
+msgid "Login ID"
+msgstr "Nom de l'utilisateur du compte"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
+msgid "Authentication method"
+msgstr "Méthode de l'authentification"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
+msgid ""
+"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
+"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
+msgstr ""
+"Après cela, il faut choisir entre obtenir automatiquement une adresse IP ou "
+"bien la méthode manuelle. Dans ce dernier cas, spécifier l'adresse IP et le "
+"masque de sous-réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"L'étape suivante concerne le choix sur la façon dont les adresses des "
+"serveurs DNS sont obtenues, automatiquement ou manuellement. En cas de "
+"configuration manuelle, il faut donner :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
+msgid "Domain name"
+msgstr "Nom de domaine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
+msgid "First and second DNS Server"
+msgstr "Premier et second serveurs DNS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
+"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner si le nom d'hôte est donné par IP. Cette option ne doit être "
+"sélectionnée qui si vous êtes sûr que votre fournisseur est en mesure de "
+"l'accepter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"L'étape suivante concerne la façon dont l'adresse de la passerelle est "
+"obtenue ; automatiquement ou manuellement. En cas de configuration manuelle, "
+"il faut donner l'adresse IP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
+msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion sans fil (WiFi)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
+msgid ""
+"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
+"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
+"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
+msgstr ""
+"Une première fenêtre liste les interfaces disponibles et une entrée pour "
+"utiliser un pilote Windows (ndiswrapper). Sélectionner celle qui est à "
+"configurer. N'utiliser ndiswrapper que si l'autre méthode de configuration "
+"ne fonctionne pas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
+"the card has detected."
+msgstr ""
+"A ce niveau, le choix est donné entre les différents points d'accès détectés "
+"par la carte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
+msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
+msgstr "Des paramètres spécifiques à la carte sans fil sont à fournir :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:483
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect31.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
+msgid "Operating mode:"
+msgstr "Mode de fonctionnement :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
+msgid "Managed"
+msgstr "Géré"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
+msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
+msgstr "Pour accéder à un point d'accès existant (le plus fréquent)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
+msgid "Ad-Hoc"
+msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
+msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
+msgstr "Pour configurer une connexion directe entre ordinateurs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
+msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
+msgstr "Nom de réseau (ESSID)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
+msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Mode de chiffrement : cela dépend de la façon dont le point d'accès est "
+"configuré."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
+msgid "WPA/WPA2"
+msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
+msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
+msgstr "Ce mode de chiffrement est à préférer si votre matériel le permet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
+msgid "WEP"
+msgstr "WEP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
+msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
+msgstr "Certains vieux matériels n'acceptent que ce mode de chiffrement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
+msgid "Encryption key"
+msgstr "Clé de chiffrement :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgstr ""
+"Elle est généralement fournie avec le matériel qui supporte le point d'accès."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
+"manual IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"A cette étape, le choix est donné entre une adresse IP automatique ou "
+"manuelle."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
+"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
+"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
+"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
+"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
+"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
+"DHCP server</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Configuration IP</emphasis> : il faut déterminer si les serveurs "
+"DNS sont déclarés par le serveur DHCP ou s'ils le sont manuellement, comme "
+"expliqué ci-dessous (configuration manuelle). Dans ce dernier cas, l'adresse "
+"IP des serveurs DNS doit être spécifiée. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut "
+"être précisé ici. Si aucun nom n'est donné, le nom <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal> est attribué par défaut.  Le nom d'hôte peut aussi "
+"être fourni par le serveur DHCP avec l'option <emphasis>Affecter le nom "
+"d'hôte depuis le serveur DHCP</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
+msgstr ""
+"Récupérer les serveurs YP depuis le serveur DHCP (coché par défaut) : "
+"spécifier les serveurs NIS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
+"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'acceptation, les dernières étapes, qui sont communes à toutes les "
+"configurations de connexion, sont expliquées ici :<xref linkend="
+"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Configuration IP </emphasis>: vous devez déclarer les serveurs "
+"DNS. Le nom d'hôte de l'ordinateur peut être spécifié ici. Si aucun n'est "
+"spécifié, le nom <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> est attribué par "
+"défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour un réseau domestique, l'adresse IP ressemble toujours à "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, le masque de réseau est "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, et l'adresse de la passerelle et des "
+"serveurs DNS sont disponibles sur le site web du fournisseur d'accès."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans les paramétres avancés, il est possible d'indiquer un <emphasis>Domaine "
+"recherché</emphasis>. Il est semblable au nom d'hôte sans le premier nom, "
+"avant le point."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
+msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion GPRS/Edge/3G"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'outil détecte des interfaces sans fil, il propose d'en sélectionner une "
+"et de la configurer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
+msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required."
+msgstr ""
+"Le numéro PIN est demandé. Laisser en blanc si ce numéro PIN n'est pas exigé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
+msgid ""
+"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"L'assistant demande le réseau. S'il n'est pas détecté, choisir l'option "
+"<guilabel>Non listé</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
+msgid "Provide access settings"
+msgstr "Fournir les paramètres d'accès"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
+msgid "Access Point Name"
+msgstr "Nom du point d'accès"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
+msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion Réseau commuté Bluetooth"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
+msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
+msgstr "Une nouvelle connexion par modem analogique (RTC)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
+msgid "Manual choice"
+msgstr "Choix manuel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
+msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
+msgstr "Matériel détecté, s'il y en a."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
+msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
+msgstr "Une liste de ports est proposée. Sélectionnez le vôtre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
+msgid ""
+"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"S'il n'est pas déjà installé, il sera demandé d'installer le paquetage "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Une liste de fournisseurs est proposée, classée par pays.  Sélectionnez le "
+"vôtre. S'il n'est pas listé, choisir l'option <guilabel>Non listé (à la "
+"lettre N)</guilabel> puis entrer les options fournies par votre fournisseur. "
+"Ensuite les options de d'appel sont demandées :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
+msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Nom de la connexion</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
+msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Numéro de téléphone</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
+msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Identifiant de connexion</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
+msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Mot de passe</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
+msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Authentification</emphasis>, choisir entre:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
+msgid "PAP/CHAP"
+msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
+msgid "Script-based"
+msgstr "Basée sur un script"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
+msgid "PAP"
+msgstr "PAP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
+msgid "Terminal-based"
+msgstr "TManuelle par terminal"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
+msgid "CHAP"
+msgstr "CHAP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
+msgid "Ending the configuration"
+msgstr "Fin de la configuration"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
+msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
+msgstr "Dans l'étape suivante, vous pouvez spécifier :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
+msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Autoriser les utilisateurs à gérer la connexion</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
+msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Lancer la connexion au démarrage</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Activer les statistiques réseau</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Permettre le contrôle de l'interface par Network Manager</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
+msgid ""
+"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
+"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
+"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans le cas d'une connexion sans fil, s'il existe un point d'accès "
+"supplémentaire, le fait d' <emphasis>Autoriser les connexions itinérantes </"
+"emphasis>donne la possibilité de basculer automatiquement entre les "
+"différents points d'accès en fonction de la force du signal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
+msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
+msgstr "Le bouton \"Avancé\" permet de spécifier ::"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
+msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
+msgstr "Métrique (10 par défaut)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
+msgid "MTU"
+msgstr "MTU"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
+msgid "Network Hotplugging"
+msgstr "branchement à chaud du réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
+msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
+msgstr "Activer le tunnel IPv6 sur IPv4"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
+"immediately or not."
+msgstr ""
+"La dernière étape permet de spécifier si la connexion doit démarrer "
+"immédiatement ou pas."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:840
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect9.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
+msgid "Open a console as administrator"
+msgstr "Ouvrir une console administrateur"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
+msgid "drakconsole"
+msgstr "drakconsole"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakconsole-im1\" fileref=\"drakconsole.png"
+"\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakconsole-im1\" fileref=\"drakconsole.png"
+"\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vous donne accès à une "
+"console avec directement les droits root. Nous ne pensons pas que vous ayez "
+"besoin de plus d'informations à ce sujet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:8
+msgid "Manage disk partitions"
+msgstr "Gérer les partitions de vos disques durs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:10
+msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
+msgstr "drakdisk or diskdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskBackup-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"drakdiskBackup.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskBackup-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"drakdiskbackup.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> ou <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
+"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
+"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est très puissant, la "
+"moindre erreur ou le chat sautant sur le clavier peut provoquer la perte de "
+"toutes les données d'une partition ou même effacer le disque entier. Pour "
+"cette raison, l'écran ci-dessus vous est présenté par-dessus celui de "
+"l'outil. Cliquez sur <emphasis>Quitter</emphasis> si vous n'êtes pas "
+"confiant pour la suite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
+"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
+msgstr ""
+"En présence de plusieurs disques, il est possible de sélectionner le disque "
+"sur lequel portent les travaux en cliquant sur l'onglet adéquat (sda, sdb, "
+"sdc, etc.)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"drakdisk-"
+"im1\" fileref=\"drakdisk.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"drakdisk-"
+"im1\" fileref=\"drakdisk.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
+"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"De nombreuses actions permettent de configurer le disque dur selon ses "
+"désirs. Effacer le disque en totalité, scinder ou fusionner des partitions, "
+"les redimensionner, changer le type de système de fichiers, formater ou voir "
+"le contenu d'une partition, tout cela est possible. Le bouton "
+"<emphasis><guibutton> Supprimer toutes les partitions </guibutton></"
+"emphasis> en bas sert à effacer la totalité du disque, les autres boutons "
+"deviennent visibles sur la droite dès qu'une partition est sélectionnée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
+"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
+"must be unmounted first."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la partition sélectionnée est montée, comme dans l'exemple ci-dessous, il "
+"n'est pas possible de la redimensionner, de la formater ni de l'effacer. "
+"Pour pouvoir le faire, il faut d'abord la démonter."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:51
+msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
+msgstr ""
+"Le redimensionnement d'une partition n'est possible que vers sa droite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
+"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
+"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
+"is selected"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour changer le type de partition (changer ext3 pour ext4 par exemple)  vous "
+"devez effacer la partition puis la recréer avec le nouveau type. Le bouton "
+"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Créer</guibutton> apparaît lorsqu'une partie vide "
+"du disque est sélectionnée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
+msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir un point de montage qui n'existe pas, il sera "
+"créé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskMountedPartition-im1\" revision="
+"\"1\" fileref=\"drakdiskMountedPartition.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskMountedPartition-im1\" revision="
+"\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakdisk1.png\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
+"seen in the screenshot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner <emphasis><guibutton> Passer en mode expert </guibutton></"
+"emphasis> permet quelques actions supplémentaires, par exemple donner un nom "
+"de volume (un libellé) à la partition, comme on peut le voir sur la copie "
+"d'écran ci-dessous."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakdiskExpertUnmounted-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakdiskExpertUnmounted-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakdisk2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:5
+msgid "Set up display manager"
+msgstr "Choix d'un gestionnaire de connexion"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:7
+msgid "drakedm"
+msgstr "drakedm"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakedm-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakedm.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakedm-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakedm.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ici le gestionnaire "
+"d'affichage désiré pour se connecter à son bureau. Seuls ceux qui sont "
+"disponibles sur le système sont proposés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
+"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
+"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
+msgstr ""
+"La plupart des utilisateurs ne remarqueront que la différence d'aspect entre "
+"les écrans de connexion.  Cependant, il existe aussi des différences de "
+"fonctionnalités supportées.  LXDM est un gestionnaire d'affichage léger, KDM "
+"et GDM proposent plus de fonctions."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
+msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
+msgstr "Configurer votre pare-feu personnel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
+msgid "drakfirewall"
+msgstr "drakfirewall"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakfirewall.png\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"drakfirewall-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakfirewall.png\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"drakfirewall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
+"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
+"security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
+"\"Sécurité\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia sous le nom \"Configurer votre "
+"pare-feu personnel\". C'est le même outil qui est dans le premier onglet de "
+"\"Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la surveillance du système\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
+"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
+"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
+msgstr ""
+"Un pare-feu basique est installé par défaut avec Mageia. Toutes les "
+"connexions entrantes non autorisées sont bloquées. Dans le premier écran "
+"présenté ci-dessus, vous pouvez choisir les services pour lesquels les "
+"connexions entrantes sont autorisées. Pour votre sécurité, décochez la "
+"première case nommée <guilabel> Tout ( pas de pare-feu) </guilabel> à moins "
+"que vous ne souhaitiez désactiver le pare-feu, et ne cochez que les services "
+"nécessaires."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
+"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
+"examples :"
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible d'entrer manuellement les numéros de ports à ouvrir.  "
+"Cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour ouvrir une nouvelle fenêtre.  "
+"Dans le champ <guilabel>Autres ports</guilabel>, entrer les ports à ouvrir "
+"en s'inspirant des exemples ci-après :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
+msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
+msgstr "80/tcp : ouvre le port 80 du protocole tcp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
+msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
+msgstr ""
+"24000:24010/udp : ouvre tous les ports de 24000 à 24010 du protocole udp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
+msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
+msgstr "Les ports cités dans une liste doivent être séparés par un espace."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
+"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
+msgstr ""
+"Si la case <guilabel>Enregistrer les messages du pare-feu dans le journal "
+"système </guilabel>est cochée, les messages du pare-feu seront enregistrés "
+"dans le journal."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:43
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall1.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
+"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
+"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous n'hébergez pas de services spécifiques (serveurs Web ou de courrier, "
+"partage de fichiers, ...) il est tout à fait possible de ne cocher aucune "
+"case, c'est même recommandé, cela n'empêchera pas de se connecter à Internet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
+"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
+"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
+"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
+"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"L'écran suivant concerne les options du pare feu interactif. Cette "
+"fonctionnalité permet d'être prévenu des tentatives de connexion si au moins "
+"la première case <guilabel>Utiliser le pare-feu interactif </guilabel>est "
+"cochée. Cocher la deuxième case pour être prévenu d'un balayage des ports "
+"(dans le but de trouver une défaillance quelque part pour pénétrer votre "
+"système). Chaque case à partir de la troisième correspond à un port qui a "
+"été ouvert dans l'un des deux premiers écrans. Dans la copie d'écran ci-"
+"dessous, on peut voir deux de ces cases : serveur NFS et 5900/udp. Les "
+"cocher pour être alerté à chaque fois qu'une connexion est tentée sur ces "
+"ports."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
+msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces alertes sont données par des messages d'alertes avec l'applet du réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:68
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:74
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans le dernier écran, choisir quelles interfaces réseau sont connectées à "
+"Internet et doivent être protégées. Une fois le bouton <guibutton>OK </"
+"guibutton>cliqué, les paquetages nécessaires sont installés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
+"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne savez pas laquelle choisir, regardez dans l'onglet \"Réseau &amp; "
+"Internet \" du CCM, icône \"Centre réseau\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:3
+msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
+msgstr ""
+"Gérer, ajouter et supprimer les polices.  Importer les polices Windows."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:6
+msgid "drakfont"
+msgstr "drakfont"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakfont-im1\" fileref="
+"\"drakfont.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakfont-im1\" fileref="
+"\"drakfont.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
+"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
+"above shows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
+"de Contrôle de Mageia sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Système</"
+"emphasis>. Il permet de gérer les polices disponibles sur l'ordinateur. "
+"L'écran principal, ci-dessus, présente :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:22
+msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
+msgstr "Les nom, style et taille des polices installées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:26
+msgid "a preview of the selected font."
+msgstr "Un aperçu des polices sélectionnées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:30
+msgid "some buttons explained here later."
+msgstr "Des boutons explicités ci-après."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:36
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Récupérer les polices de caractères Windows : "
+"<emphasis/></emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce bouton ajoute automatiquement les polices trouvées dans la partition "
+"Windows. Il faut que Windows soit installé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:41
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Il permet de spécifier les applications ou périphériques (des imprimantes "
+"principalement) aptes à utiliser les polices."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:46
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Désinstaller :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
+"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
+"documents that use them."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce bouton permet de retirer des polices installées et donc de récupérer un "
+"peu de place. Faire attention en retirant des polices, car cela peut avoir "
+"de sérieuses conséquences pour les documents qui les utilisent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:52
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importer :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
+"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Permet d'ajouter des polices en provenance d'autres sources (CD, "
+"internet, ...). Les formats supportés sont ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf.  "
+"Cliquer sur le bouton <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importer</emphasis> puis sur "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ajouter</emphasis>, un gestionnaire de fichiers "
+"s'affiche pour y sélectionner les polices à installer. Cliquer sur <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Installer</emphasis> quand la sélection est prête. Les polices "
+"sont installées dans le dossier /usr/share/fonts."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
+"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
+msgstr ""
+"Si les polices nouvellement installées (ou retirées) n'apparaissent pas dans "
+"l'écran principal de Drakfont, le fermer et le ré-ouvrir pour voir les "
+"modifications."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:3
+msgid "Parental Controls"
+msgstr "Contrôle parental"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:5
+msgid "drakguard"
+msgstr "drakguard"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakguard.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"drakguard-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/drakguard.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakguard-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette page<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> n'a pas été écrite faute "
+"de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre "
+"contact avec <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">l'Equipe de documentation</link> ou bien laisser un message sur le forum "
+"MLO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:21
+msgid "Presentation"
+msgstr "Presentation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
+"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
+"useful capabilities:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
+"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
+"useful capabilities:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
+"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
+"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:49
+msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
+msgstr "Configuring Parental controls"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
+"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
+"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
+"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
+"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
+"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
+"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
+"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
+"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
+"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
+"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
+"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
+"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
+"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
+"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
+"remove him/her from the allowed users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
+"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
+"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
+"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
+"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
+"remove him/her from the allowed users."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
+"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
+"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
+"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
+"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
+"window."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:83
+msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
+msgstr "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:90
+msgid "Block Programs Tab"
+msgstr "Block Programs Tab"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"applications you wish to block."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"applications you wish to block."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
+"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
+"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:9
+msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
+msgstr "Partager la connexion Internet avec d'autres machines locales"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:12
+msgid "drakgw"
+msgstr "drakgw"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakgw.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakgw-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"drakgw-"
+"im1\" fileref=\"drakgw.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:25
+msgid "Principles"
+msgstr "Principes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:28
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakgw-net.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/drakgw-net.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
+"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
+"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
+"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
+"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
+"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
+"the Internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ce partage de connexion est "
+"utile en présence d'un ordinateur (3) qui possède un accès Internet (2) et "
+"qui est aussi connecté à un réseau local (1). Il est dans ce cas possible "
+"d'utiliser l'ordinateur (3) comme passerelle pour partager cet accès avec "
+"les autres postes de travail (5) et (6) au sein du réseau local (1). Pour "
+"cela, la passerelle doit posséder deux interfaces, une première, telle "
+"qu'une carte réseau Ethernet, connectée au réseau local, et une seconde "
+"connectée à Internet (2)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
+"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"La première étape consiste à vérifier que le réseau et l'accès à Internet "
+"sont configurés tel qu'indiqué dans <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:45
+msgid "Gateway wizard"
+msgstr "L'assistant passerelle"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous root : "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
+"which are shown below:"
+msgstr ""
+"L'assistant <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> procède selon les "
+"étapes successives présentées ci-dessous :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
+"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'assistant ne détecte pas au moins deux interfaces, il le signale et "
+"demande d'arrêter le réseau et de configurer le matériel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
+"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
+"what is proposed is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Il spécifie l'interface utilisée pour la connexion Internet.  L'assistant "
+"suggère automatiquement une des interfaces, mais il est conseillé de "
+"vérifier que l'interface proposée est la bonne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Il spécifie l'interface utilisée pour la connexion au réseau local. Là "
+"aussi, l'assistant en propose une, vérifier que cela est correct."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"L'assistant propose le paramétrage du réseau local, comme l'adresse IP, le "
+"masque et le nom de domaine. Vérifier que ces paramètres sont compatibles "
+"avec la configuration existante. Il est recommandé d'accepter ces valeurs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
+"specify the address of a DNS server."
+msgstr ""
+"Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur DNS. Si oui, "
+"l'assistant vérifie que <code>bind</code> est installé.  Sinon, vous devez "
+"spécifier l'adresse d'un serveur DNS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur DHCP. Si oui, "
+"l'assistant vérifie que <code>dhcp-server</code> est installé et propose de "
+"le configurer avec les adresses de début et de fin de l'étendue DHCP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
+"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
+"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
+msgstr ""
+"Il spécifie si l'ordinateur doit être utilisé comme serveur proxy. Si oui, "
+"l'assistant vérifie que <code>squid</code> est installé et propose de le "
+"configurer avec l'adresse de l'administrateur (admin@mydomain.com), le nom "
+"du proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), le port (3128) et la taille du cache (100 "
+"Mo)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
+"printers and to share them."
+msgstr ""
+"La dernière étape permet de vérifier si la passerelle est connectée aux "
+"imprimantes et autorise le partage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
+msgstr "Si le pare-feu est actif, vous serez invité à le vérifier."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:109
+msgid "Configure the client"
+msgstr "Configurer le client"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
+"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
+"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la passerelle a été configurée avec DHCP, il suffit de spécifier dans "
+"l'outil de configuration du réseau que l'adresse est obtenue automatiquement "
+"(utilisation de DHCP). Les paramètres seront obtenus lors de la connexion au "
+"réseau. Cette méthode est valable quelque soit le système d'exploitation "
+"utilisé par le client."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
+"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
+"gateway."
+msgstr ""
+"Si les paramètres réseau doivent être spécifiés manuellement, il est "
+"nécessaire en particulier de déclarer la passerelle avec l'adresse IP de la "
+"machine jouant le rôle de la passerelle."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:123
+msgid "Stop connection sharing"
+msgstr "Arrêter le partage de la connexion"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous désirez arrêter le partage de la connexion sur l'ordinateur avec "
+"Mageia, lancez l'outil. Il proposera de reconfigurer la connexion ou "
+"d'arrêter le partage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
+msgid "Hosts definitions"
+msgstr "Définitions d'hôtes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
+msgid "drakhosts"
+msgstr "drakhosts"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakhosts."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"drakhosts-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakhosts."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"drakhosts-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakhosts</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
+"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
+"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
+"instead of the IP-address."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
+"\"Réseau &amp; Internet\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia sous le nom "
+"\"Définitions d'hôtes\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
+msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton> Ajouter </guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
+"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
+"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
+msgstr ""
+"Utiliser ce bouton pour ajouter le nom du nouvel équipement. Une fenêtre "
+"apparaît pour y renseigner l'adresse IP, le nom d'hôte et optionnellement un "
+"alias qui peut être utilisé de la même façon que le nom."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
+msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Modifier </guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
+"same window."
+msgstr ""
+"Permet d'accéder aux paramètres d'une entrée existante. La même fenêtre est "
+"utilisée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
+msgstr "Configuration avancée des interfaces réseau et du pare-feu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "drakinvictus"
+msgstr "drakinvictus"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakinvictus-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakinvictus.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/drakinvictus.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakinvictus-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
+msgid "Network Center"
+msgstr "Centre réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
+msgid "draknetcenter"
+msgstr "draknetcenter"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"draknetcenter.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"draknetcenter-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"draknetcenter.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"draknetcenter-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
+"Center\""
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
+"Réseau &amp; Internet du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'appellation "
+"<guilabel>Centre réseau</guilabel>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Quand cet outil est lancé, une fenêtre s'ouvre et liste tous les réseaux "
+"configurés sur l'ordinateur, quelque soit leur nature (filaire, sans fil, "
+"satellite, etc.). Lorsque l'on clique sur l'un des réseaux, trois ou quatre "
+"boutons apparaissent, selon la nature du réseau, pour permettre soit de "
+"surveiller le réseau, de modifier les paramètres ou encore réaliser la "
+"connexion ou déconnexion. Cet outil n'a pas pour fonction de créer un "
+"réseau, pour cela voir <guilabel>Configurer une nouvelle connexion Internet "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> dans le même onglet du CCM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterEthernet-on.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/draknetcenterEthernet-off.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterEthernet-off.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/draknetcenterEthernet-on.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterWireless-off.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/draknetcenterWireless-on.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterWireless-on.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/draknetcenterWireless-off.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
+"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la copie d'écran ci-dessous donnée en exemple, on y voit deux types de "
+"réseaux. Le premier est de type filaire et non connecté, reconnaissable par "
+"cette icône <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (celle-ci si "
+"connecté <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) et en dessous "
+"le deuxième, de type sans fil (Wi-fi). Il est connecté, reconnaissable par "
+"cette icône <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>, (celle-ci si "
+"non connecté <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>). Pour les "
+"autres types de réseaux, le code couleur est toujours le même, vert si "
+"connecté et rouge si non connecté."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la partie de l'écran dédiée au sans fil, on peut voir tous les réseaux "
+"détectés, avec leur <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Force du signal</"
+"guilabel>, s'ils sont chiffrés (en rouge ou orange) ou non (en vert), et le "
+"<guilabel> Mode de fonctionnement</guilabel>. Cliquer sur le réseau désiré "
+"puis sur soit <guibutton>Surveiller</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurer</"
+"guibutton> ou <guibutton>Se connecter/déconnecter</guibutton>. Il est "
+"possible ici, d'aller d'un réseau à l'autre. Si un réseau privé est choisi, "
+"une fenêtre s'ouvre pour demander des paramètres réseau supplémentaires "
+"(voir ci-dessous), notamment la clé de chiffrement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
+msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Rafraîchir</guibutton> pour mettre l'écran à jour."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
+msgid "The Monitor button"
+msgstr "Le bouton Surveiller"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
+"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce bouton permet de suivre l'activité du réseau, téléchargement (download, "
+"vers le PC, en rouge) et téléversement (upload, vers internet, en vert). Le "
+"même écran est accessible en cliquant droit sur l'<guimenu>Icône Internet "
+"dans la boite à miniatures -> surveiller le réseau</guimenu>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
+"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
+"gives details about connection status."
+msgstr ""
+"Il existe un onglet pour chaque réseau (ici, eth0 est le réseau filaire, lo "
+"le loopback local et wlan0 le réseau sans fil) et un onglet \"connections\" "
+"qui donne des détails sur l'état de la connexion."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"En bas de la fenêtre, un titre indique <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel> (statistiques réseau), Cela est abordé dans le chapitre suivant."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
+msgid "The Configure button"
+msgstr "Le bouton Configurer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Pour un réseau filaire</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
+"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible ici de modifier tous les paramètres donnés pendant la "
+"création du réseau. La plupart du temps, cocher <guibutton>Attribution "
+"automatique de l'adresse IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> "
+"est satisfaisant, mais en cas de problèmes, la configuration manuelle peut "
+"apporter de meilleurs résultats."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
+"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
+"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour un réseau domestique, l'<guilabel>Addressse IP</guilabel> ressemble "
+"toujours à 192.168.0.x, le<guilabel> Masque de sous-réseau</guilabel> est "
+"255.255.255.0, et la <guilabel>Passerelle</guilabel> et les<guilabel> "
+"Serveurs DNS</guilabel> sont disponibles sur le site web de votre "
+"fournisseur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
+"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
+"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
+"have to reconnect to the network."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Activer les statistiques réseau</guibutton>, lorsqu'il est coché "
+"mesure le trafic sur une base horaire, journalière ou mensuelle.  Les "
+"résultats sont visibles dans la fenêtre \"Surveiller\" détaillée ci-dessus. "
+"Une fois les statistiques activés vous devez vous reconnecter au réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permettre le contrôle de l'interface par Network "
+"Manager :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
+msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Le bouton Avancé :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Pour un réseau sans fil</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
+msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
+msgstr "Seules les entrées non déjà traitées ci-dessus sont expliquées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode de fonctionnement :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
+"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
+"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
+"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner <guilabel>Géré</guilabel> si la connexion se fait via un point "
+"d'accès, il y a alors un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> de "
+"détecté. Sélectionner <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si c'est un réseau pair à "
+"pair (peer to peer). Sélectionner <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maître</emphasis> "
+"si une carte réseau est utilisée en tant que point d'accès, elle doit "
+"supporter ce mode."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode de chiffrement et clé de chiffrement :</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
+msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
+msgstr "S'il s'agit d'un réseau privé, vous devez connaître ces éléments."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
+"in private networks."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilise un mot de passe, plus faible que WPA, qui "
+"utilise une phrase secrète. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 avec clé pré-partagée (PSK)</"
+"guilabel> est aussi appelé WPA personnel.  <guilabel>WPA Entreprise</"
+"guilabel> est rarement utilisé dans les réseaux privés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autoriser les connexions itinérantes </emphasis>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
+"point while remaining connected to the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Si coché, active une technologie qui permet à l'ordinateur de changer de "
+"point d'accès tout en restant connecté au réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
+msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
+msgstr "Le bouton Paramètres avancés"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter7.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter7.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "Manage different network profiles"
+msgstr "Gérer les différents profils réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "draknetprofile"
+msgstr "draknetprofile"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draknetprofile-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draknetprofile.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/draknetprofile.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknetprofile-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:9
+msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
+msgstr "Partager des des disques et des répertoires via NFS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:11
+msgid "draknfs"
+msgstr "draknfs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im1\" fileref="
+"\"draknfs.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:24
+msgid "Prerequisites"
+msgstr "Pré-requis"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draknfs</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Au premier démarrage de l'assistant <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">, il peut afficher le message suivant :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:33
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgstr "Le paquetage nfs-utils doit être installé. Voulez-vous l'installer ?"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Après la fin de l'installation, une fenêtre présentant une liste vide est "
+"affichée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:42
+msgid "Main window"
+msgstr "Fenêtre principale"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
+"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
+"configuration tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Une liste de dossiers partagés est affichée. Elle est vide pour le moment. "
+"Le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> donne accès à l'outil de "
+"configuration."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:50
+msgid "Modify entry"
+msgstr "Modifier l'entrée"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
+"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+"L'outil de configuration est appelé \"Modifier l'entrée\". Il peut aussi "
+"être démarré avec le bouton <guibutton>Modifier</guibutton>. Les paramètres "
+"suivants sont disponibles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs4.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im4\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknfs1.png\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im4\" "
+"revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:64
+msgid "NFS Directory"
+msgstr "Répertoire NFS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
+"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Spécifier ici quel répertoire doit être partagé. Le bouton "
+"<guibutton>Répertoire</guibutton> ouvre un gestionnaire de fichiers pour le "
+"sélectionner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:72
+msgid "Host access"
+msgstr "Accès client"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
+"directory."
+msgstr "Spécifier ici les clients autorisés à accéder au répertoire partagé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:77
+msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
+msgstr "Les clients NFS peuvent être désignés de plusieurs façons :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
+"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Hôte unique </emphasis>: un client identifié soit par un nom "
+"abrégé, reconnu par la résolution de nom, soit par un nom complet qualifié "
+"(FQDN), soit par une adresse IP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nom de groupe réseau </emphasis>: un nom de groupe réseau NIS peut "
+"être donné, au format @groupe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
+"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
+"domain cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Jokers</emphasis> : un nom pouvant contenir les caractères joker * "
+"et ?. Par exemple : *.cs.foo.edu correspond à toutes les machines du domaine "
+"cs.foo.edu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
+"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
+"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Réseaux IP </emphasis>: vous pouvez aussi exporter des répertoires "
+"à toutes les machines d'un (sous) réseau IP simultanément en ajoutant un "
+"masque à la fin de l'adresse du (sous) réseau. Exemple : "
+"192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0' ou 192.168.1.0/24"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:96
+msgid "User ID Mapping"
+msgstr "Correspondance des utilisateurs"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
+"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Associer l'utilisateur root à l'utilisateur anonymous "
+"(root_squash) :</emphasis> transforme les requêtes des UID/GID 0 en UID/GID "
+"anonymes (root_squash). L'utilisateur root de l'ordinateur client ne peut ni "
+"lire ni écrire les fichiers créés sur l'ordinateur serveur par le root de "
+"cet ordinateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Autoriser les accès distants de root </emphasis>: ne pas "
+"transformer les UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Cette option est "
+"particulièrement utile pour les stations sans disque."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Associer tous les utilisateurs à l'utilisateur anonymous </"
+"emphasis>: convertit tous les UID/GID en utilisateur anonyme (all_squash). "
+"Utile pour exporter avec NFS des répertoires publics de FTP, des répertoires "
+"de News, etc. L'option inverse est no_all_squash, qui s'applique par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
+"the anonymous account."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Utilisateur et groupe anonymous (anonuid et anongid)</emphasis> : "
+"ces options donnent explicitement l'UID et le GID du compte anonymous."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:118
+msgid "Advanced options"
+msgstr "Bouton Avancé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Connexion sécurisée </emphasis>: cette option nécessite que la "
+"requête soit initiée à partir d'un port IP inférieur à IPPORT_RESERVED "
+"(1024). Cette option est activée par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
+"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
+"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
+"using this option."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Partage lecture seule : </emphasis>permet soit la lecture seule, "
+"soit la lecture/écriture sur ce volume NFS. Par défaut, les requêtes de "
+"modification sont refusées. Cette option permet de rendre ce comportement "
+"explicite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
+"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
+"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Accès synchrone </emphasis>: interdit au serveur NFS de violer le "
+"protocole NFS en répondant aux requêtes avant que les traitements associés "
+"ne soient réellement effectués sur le support de stockage (un disque par "
+"exemple)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
+"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
+"exports(5) man page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Vérification des sous-répertoires </emphasis>: active la "
+"vérification des sous-répertoires qui permet d'améliorer la sécurité dans "
+"certains cas, mais qui peut dégrader la fiabilité. Voir la page du manuel "
+"exports(5) pour plus de détails."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
+msgid "Menu entries"
+msgstr "Entrées du menu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:143
+msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
+msgstr "La liste doit comporter au moins une entrée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs5.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im5\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs5.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im5\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
+msgid "File|Write conf"
+msgstr "Fichier|Ecrire la configuration"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:155
+msgid "Save the current configuration."
+msgstr "Enregistre la configuration en cours."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:159
+msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
+msgstr "Serveur NFS|Redémarrer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Le serveur est arrêté puis redémarré avec les fichiers de configuration "
+"actuels."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:166
+msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
+msgstr "Serveur NFS|Recharger"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"La configuration affichée est rafraîchie avec les fichiers de configuration "
+"actuels."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
+msgid "Proxy"
+msgstr "Serveur mandataire"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
+msgid "drakproxy"
+msgstr "drakproxy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakproxy.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakproxy-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakproxy."
+"png\" xml:id=\"drakproxy-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en "
+"tapant<emphasis role=\"bold\"> : drakproxy</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez accédez à Internet via un serveur mandataire, vous pouvez "
+"utiliser cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pour le "
+"configurer. L'administrateur système vous donnera les informations "
+"nécessaires. Il est aussi possible de spécifier certains services qui, par "
+"exception, sont accessibles en dehors du serveur mandataire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control their complexity."
+msgstr ""
+"Sur Wikipedia, le 24-09-2012, article sur \"Serveur proxy\" : dans les "
+"réseaux informatiques, un serveur proxy est un serveur (un ordinateur ou une "
+"application) servant d'intermédiaire pour traiter les requêtes des clients à "
+"la recherche de ressources auprès des autres serveurs. Un client se connecte "
+"au proxy, recherchant un service tel qu'un fichier, une connexion, une page "
+"web ou toute autre ressource disponible sur un autre serveur. Le proxy "
+"analyse la requête pour simplifier et maîtriser sa complexité."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
+msgid "Configure Media"
+msgstr "Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
+msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
+msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
+
+#.  2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections 
+#. 2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
+#.                        - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
+#. 		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
+#. 		       given) 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakrpm-edit-media-im1\" fileref=\"drakrpm-"
+"edit-media.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakrpm-edit-media-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakrpmEditMedia.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"La première chose à faire après une installation est l'ajout des sources "
+"logicielles (aussi connues sous les noms de dépôts, médias, sources ou "
+"miroirs). Cela signifie qu'il faut sélectionner la source des médias à "
+"utiliser pour installer et mettre à jour les paquetages et applications "
+"(voir le bouton <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ajouter</emphasis> ci-dessous)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:25 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:17 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:32
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:36 en/XFdrake.xml:75 en/XFdrake.xml:89
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr "<note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
+"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
+"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
+"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
+"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
+msgstr ""
+"Votre système utilise une architecture qui peut être 32 bits appelée i586, "
+"ou 64 bits appelée x86_64. Prenez garde à bien choisir les sources contenant "
+"les paquetages qui correspondent à votre système ou qui ne sont pas "
+"dépendants du système, ces derniers sont appelés noarch."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:31 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:21 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:40
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:79
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr "</note>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
+"root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le centre "
+"de contrôle Mageia, dans l'onglet \"Gestion des logiciels\", icône "
+"\"Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39
+msgid "The columns"
+msgstr "Les colonnes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41
+msgid "Column Enable:"
+msgstr "Colonne Activé :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
+"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
+msgstr ""
+"Les médias cochés seront utilisés pour installer de nouveaux paquetages. "
+"Soyez prudent avec des médias comme \"Testing\" ou \"Debug\", ils peuvent "
+"rendre votre système instable."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47
+msgid "Column Update:"
+msgstr "Colonne Mise à jour :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
+"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
+"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
+"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Les médias cochés seront utilisés pour maintenir les paquetages installés à "
+"jour, il est obligatoire de les cocher. Seuls les média mentionnant \"Updates"
+"\" dans leur nom doivent être sélectionnés. Pour des raisons de sécurité, "
+"cette colonne n'est pas modifiable dans cet outil, vous devez ouvrir une "
+"console sous root et taper <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --"
+"expert.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55
+msgid "Column medium:"
+msgstr "Colonne Média :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
+"versions contain at least:"
+msgstr ""
+"Affiche le nom du médium. Les dépôts officiels de Mageia pour les versions "
+"finales sont structurés à minima en trois médias :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
+"available supported by Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> contient la plupart des programmes "
+"disponibles et supportés par Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
+"which are not free"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> contient quelques programmes non "
+"libres."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
+"might be patent claims in some countries."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> contient logiciels libres mais "
+"qui peuvent être soumis à des droits dans certains pays."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75
+msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
+msgstr "Chaque médium possède 4 sous-catégories :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
+"this version of Mageia was released."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> sont les paquetages tels qu'ils "
+"étaient le jour de l'édition de la version concernée de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
+"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
+"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> contient les paquetages mis à "
+"jour depuis l'édition pour raisons de sécurité ou de bugs résolus. Chacun "
+"devrait valider ce médium, même avec une connexion Internet très lente."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
+"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> contient quelques paquetages de "
+"nouvelles versions rétroportées depuis Cauldron (la prochaine version en "
+"cours de développement)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"corrections."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> est utilisée provisoirement pour "
+"les tests de nouvelles mises à jour, le temps que les rapporteurs de bogues "
+"et l'équipe qualité valident les corrections."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104
+msgid "The buttons on the right"
+msgstr "Les boutons à droite"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107
+msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Enlever :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
+"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
+"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour supprimer un médium, cliquer dessus puis sur ce bouton. Il est "
+"conseillé de supprimer le médium utilisé pour l'installation (CD ou DVD par "
+"exemple) car tous les paquetages qu'il contient sont dans le médium officiel "
+"Core Release."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
+msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Éditer :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
+"proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Permet de modifier la configuration du médium sélectionné (URL, téléchargeur "
+"et proxy)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119
+msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Ajouter :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
+"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
+"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajoute les dépôts officiels rendus disponibles sur Internet par Mageia. Ils "
+"ne contiennent que des logiciels sûrs et suffisamment testés.  Cliquer sur "
+"le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter </guibutton>ouvre une fenêtre qui donne le "
+"choix entre installer les \"Sources de mises à jour uniquement\" ou bien le "
+"\"Jeu complet des sources\". Le premier choix constitue l'essentiel, le "
+"second est plus d'ordre pratique."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
+msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Les flèches haut et bas :</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Change l'ordre dans la liste. Quand Drakrpm recherche un paquetage, il "
+"parcours la liste dans l'ordre affiché et installe le premier paquetage "
+"trouvé (pour un même numéro de version, sinon il installe la dernière "
+"version). Donc, si possible, placer en tête les dépôts les plus rapides."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64
+msgid "The menu"
+msgstr "Le menu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Mettre à jour :</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fenêtre apparaît avec la liste des medias. Sélectionner ceux qui sont à "
+"mettre à jour et cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Mettre à jour</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un miroir de média spécifique :</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
+"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
+"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
+msgstr ""
+"Supposons que les miroirs actuels ne conviennent pas, parce qu'ils sont trop "
+"lents ou trop souvent indisponibles par exemple, il est possible de choisir "
+"un autre miroir. Sélectionner tous les médias en place et cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Enlever </guibutton>pour les supprimer. Cliquer sur "
+"<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un miroir de média spécifique</guimenu>, Choisir "
+"entre mise à jour uniquement ou bien le jeu complet (Si vous ne savez pas, "
+"choisir le <guibutton>Jeu complet des sources</guibutton>) et accepter le "
+"contact en cliquant sur <guibutton>Oui</guibutton>. Cette fenêtre s'ouvre :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakrpmEditMedia2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakrpmEditMedia1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
+"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
+"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Une liste de pays est affichée sur la gauche, choisir le vôtre ou un pays "
+"voisin en cliquant sur le symbole >, cela affichera tous les miroirs "
+"disponibles dans ce pays. En choisir un et cliquer sur <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un média personnalisé :</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
+"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible d'installer un nouveau médium (venant d'une tierce partie "
+"par exemple) qui n'est pas supporté par Mageia. Une nouvelle fenêtre "
+"apparaît :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakrpmEditMedia2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
+"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
+"according to the medium type)"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Sélectionner le type de médium, "
+"trouver un nom évocateur qui définit bien le médium et donner l'adresse URL "
+"(ou le chemin, suivant le type de médium)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Options générales :</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"default-, update only, always or never)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette entrée permet de choisir quand \"Vérifier les RPM à installer"
+"\" (toujours ou jamais), le programme de téléchargement (curl, wget ou "
+"aria2)  et de définir la politique de téléchargement pour l'information sur "
+"les paquetages (sur demande - par défaut -, mises à jour seulement, toujours "
+"ou jamais)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Gérer les clés :</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour garantir un haut niveau de sécurité, des clés numériques sont utilisées "
+"pour authentifier le media. Il est possible d'autoriser ou de refuser une "
+"clé pour chaque média. Dans la fenêtre qui apparaît, sélectionner un médium "
+"puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton> pour autoriser une nouvelle "
+"clé ou pour sélectionner une clé et cliquer sur <guibutton>Enlever</"
+"guibutton> pour refuser cette clé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
+msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
+msgstr ""
+"Faire cela avec précaution, comme pour tout ce qui concerne la sécurité."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Serveur mandataire (proxy):</guimenu>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de besoin d'un serveur proxy pour l'accès à Internet, le configurer "
+"ici. Il suffit de donner le <guibutton>Nom du serveur mandataire</guibutton> "
+"et si nécessaire un <guilabel>nom d'utilisateur</guilabel> et son "
+"<guilabel>mot de passe</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
+msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
+msgstr "Partagez vos disques et répertoires avec les systèmes Windows (Samba)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
+msgid "draksambashare"
+msgstr "draksambashare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
+"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
+"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
+"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
+"resources of the Samba server."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba est un protocole utilisé par différents systèmes d'exploitation pour "
+"partager des ressources telles que des dossiers ou des imprimantes. Cet "
+"outil permet de configurer un ordinateur en serveur Samba utilisant le "
+"protocole SMB/CIFS. Ce protocole est aussi utilisé par Windows(R) et les "
+"stations de travail tournant avec ce système d'exploitation peuvent accéder "
+"aux ressources du serveur Samba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
+msgid "Preparation"
+msgstr "Préparation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
+"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
+"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
+"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
+"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour être accessible des autres stations de travail, le serveur doit avoir "
+"une adresse IP fixe. Cela peut être spécifié directement sur le serveur, "
+"avec par exemple <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou auprès du serveur "
+"DHCP qui identifie la station grâce à sa référence MAC et lui attribue "
+"toujours la même adresse. Le pare-feu doit aussi autoriser les requêtes "
+"entrantes vers le serveur Samba."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
+msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
+msgstr "Assistant - Serveur autonome"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
+msgstr ""
+"A la première mise en route, l'outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> vérifie que les paquetages nécessaires sont installés et propose le cas "
+"échéant de les installer.  Ensuite, l'assistant de configuration du serveur "
+"Samba est lancé. Il est possible de retrouver cet assistant en cliquant dans "
+"le menu <emphasis>Serveur Samba/Configurer</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare0.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare0-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"draksambashare0.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"draksambashare0-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la fenêtre suivante, le choix de configurer le serveur autonome est "
+"déjà coché."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare1.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare1-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"draksambashare1-im1\" fileref=\"draksambashare1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Puis, spécifier le nom du groupe de travail. Ce nom doit être le même que "
+"celui utilisé pour accéder aux ressources partagées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
+"the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Le nom netbios est celui qui sera utilisé pour désigner le serveur sur le "
+"réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare2.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare2-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare2.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"draksambashare2-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
+msgid "Choose the security mode:"
+msgstr "Choisir le mode de sécurité :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
+"resource"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>usr (utilisateur) </guilabel>: le client doit être autorisé à "
+"accéder aux ressources."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
+"each share"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>share (partage)</guilabel> : le client s'authentifie lui-même "
+"indépendamment pour chaque partage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
+"address or host name."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de spécifier quels sont les hôtes autorisés à accéder aux "
+"ressources via l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare3.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare3-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"draksambashare3.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"draksambashare3-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
+"described in the Windows workstations."
+msgstr ""
+"Spécifier la bannière du serveur. La bannière est la façon dont ce serveur "
+"sera décrit par les stations de travail Windows."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare4.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im4\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"draksambashare-im4\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksambashare4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
+msgstr ""
+"L'endroit où Samba peut journaliser des informations peut être indiqué dans "
+"l'étape suivante."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare5.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im5\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare5.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im5\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"L'assistant affiche une liste des paramètres choisis avant acceptation de la "
+"configuration. Si elle est acceptée, elle sera écrite dans <code>/etc/samba/"
+"smb.conf</code>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare6.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im6\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../draksambashare6.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im6\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
+msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
+msgstr "Assistant - Contrôleur primaire de domaine"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare13.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare13.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
+"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
+"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
+"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
+"security mode:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si l'option \"Contrôleur "
+"primaire de domaine\" est retenue, l'assistant demande si Wins doit être "
+"supporté ou pas, ainsi que les noms des <guibutton>Utilisateurs "
+"administrateurs</guibutton>. Les étapes suivantes sont alors les mêmes que "
+"pour le serveur autonome, sauf qu'il est aussi possible de choisir le mode "
+"de sécurité :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
+"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
+"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domaine </guilabel>: fournit un système qui héberge le stockage de "
+"tous les comptes utilisateurs et groupes dans un dossier de comptes "
+"centralisé et partagé. Le dossier de comptes centralisé est partagé entre "
+"les contrôleurs (de sécurité)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
+msgid "Declare a directory to share"
+msgstr "Déclarer un dossier à partager"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
+msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
+msgstr "Avec le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>, on obtient :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare15.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im7\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"draksambashare15.png\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im7\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Une nouvelle entrée est ajoutée. Elle est modifiable avec le bouton "
+"<guibutton>Modifier</guibutton>. Les options peuvent être choisies, telles "
+"que la visibilité publique d'un dossier, son accès en écriture ou en simple "
+"lecture. Le nom de partage n'est pas modifiable."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare16.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im8\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksambashare-im8\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare16.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
+msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la liste possède au moins une entrée, les entrées du menu peuvent être "
+"utilisées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
+msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Enregistrer la configuration actuelle dans <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
+msgid "Samba server|Configure"
+msgstr "Serveur Samba|Configurer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
+msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
+msgstr "L'assistant peut être redémarré avec cette commande."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
+msgid "Samba server|Restart"
+msgstr "Serveur Samba|Redémarrer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
+msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
+msgstr "Serveur Samba|Recharger"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
+msgid "Printers share"
+msgstr "Partage d'imprimantes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
+msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
+msgstr "Samba permet aussi de partager des imprimantes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:240
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare17.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare17.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:42 en/rpmdrake.xml:147 en/rpmdrake.xml:157
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:167 en/rpmdrake.xml:177 en/rpmdrake.xml:187
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:222
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
+msgid "Samba users"
+msgstr "Utilisateurs Samba"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare18.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare18.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
+"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
+"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Utiliser cet onglet pour ajouter des utilisateurs autorisés à accéder aux "
+"ressources partagées quand l'authentification est exigée. Il est possible "
+"d'ajouter des utilisateurs de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder "
+"type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksec.xml:3
+msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
+msgstr "Configurer l'authentification pour les outils Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksec.xml:6
+msgid "draksec"
+msgstr "draksec"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksec.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksec-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksec.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksec-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksec.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
+"usually done by the administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
+"usually done by the administrator."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
+"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
+"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
+"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
+"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:29
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:34
+msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
+msgstr "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:39
+msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
+"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
+"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
+msgid "Snapshots"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
+msgid "draksnapshot-config"
+msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksnapshot-config-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksnapshot-config.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksnapshot-config-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksnapshot-config.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
+"\"Système\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom\"<guilabel> "
+"Visionner et chercher dans les journaux du système</guilabel>\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
+"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
+"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
+msgstr "Avec le bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>, on obtient :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksound.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration du son"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksound.xml:5
+msgid "draksound"
+msgstr "draksound"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksound.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksound-im1\" fileref="
+"\"draksound.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksound-im1\" fileref="
+"\"draksound.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
+"de Contrôle de Mageia sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matériel</"
+"emphasis>.¶"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
+"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
+"sound problems or if you change the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound traite de la configuration du son, y compris le choix du pilote, "
+"les options PulseAudio et la résolution des problèmes. Il vous aidera si "
+"vous rencontrez des problèmes de son ou en cas de changement de carte son."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"La liste déroulante appelée <guilabel>Pilote</guilabel> permet de "
+"sélectionner un pilote parmi tous ceux disponibles sur l'ordinateur qui "
+"conviennent à la carte son."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
+"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
+"possible for its enhanced features."
+msgstr ""
+"Le plus souvent, il est possible de choisir un pilote utilisant les API OSS "
+"ou ALSA. OSS est le plus ancien et très basique, nous recommandons de "
+"choisir ALSA aussi souvent que possible pour ses fonctionnalités avancées."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> est un serveur de son. Il reçoit toutes les "
+"entrées son, les mixe en accord avec les préférences de l'utilisateur et "
+"envoie le son résultant vers la sortie. Voir <guimenu>Menu Mageia -> Son et "
+"video -> Contrôle du volume PulseAudio</guimenu> pour établir ces "
+"préférences."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio est le serveur de son par défaut et il est recommandé de le "
+"laisser actif."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
+"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> améliore PulseAudio avec quelques "
+"programmes. Il est recommandé de le laisser aussi actif."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three "
+"buttons:"
+msgstr ""
+"Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> affiche une nouvelle fenêtre avec "
+"trois boutons :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksound.xml:48
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Draksound1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksound1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
+"are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Le premier bouton donne une totale liberté de choix. Vous devez savoir ce "
+"que vous faites."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
+"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
+"the community for help."
+msgstr ""
+"Le second est évident et le dernier vous aide à résoudre les problèmes "
+"éventuels. Il peut s'avérer très utile de l'essayer avant de demander de "
+"l'aide à la communauté."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
+msgstr ""
+"Configurer un onduleur (UPS) pour la surveillance de l'alimentation "
+"électrique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "drakups"
+msgstr "drakups"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakups.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakups-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakups.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/drakups.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakups-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakups.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
+msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
+msgstr "Configurer les connexions VPN afin de sécuriser l'accès au réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
+msgid "drakvpn"
+msgstr "drakvpn"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakvpn-im1\" align=\"center"
+"\" fileref=\"drakvpn1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakvpn-im1\" align=\"center"
+"\" fileref=\"drakvpn1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
+"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
+"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
+"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
+"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
+"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet la configuration "
+"d'un accès à un réseau distant en établissant un tunnel entre la station de "
+"travail locale et le réseau distant. Nous ne traitons ici que la "
+"configuration du côté station de travail, nous considérons que le réseau "
+"distant est déjà opérationnel et que vous possédez toutes les informations "
+"nécessaires à la connexion, données par l'administrateur réseau, tel qu'un "
+"fichier de configuration .pcf."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
+"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devez d'abord choisir entre le concentrateur VPN Cisco ou OpenVPN, "
+"selon le protocole utilisé par votre réseau privé virtuel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
+msgid "Then give your connection a name."
+msgstr "Puis donnez un nom à la connexion."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
+msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
+msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, fournir les informations en votre possession."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
+msgid "For Cisco VPN"
+msgstr "Pour Cisco VPN"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:47
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
+"first time the tool is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour openvpn. Le paquetage openvpn et ses dépendances seront installés lors "
+"de la première utilisation de l'outil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:58
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn7.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
+"received from the network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Sélectionner les fichiers "
+"obtenus auprès de l'administrateur réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
+msgid "Advanced parameters:"
+msgstr "Paramètres avancés :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:67
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn8.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
+msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
+msgstr "L'écran suivant demande l'adresse IP de la passerelle."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois les paramètres indiqués, il est possible au choix de démarrer la "
+"connexion VPN ou non."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Elle peut être démarrée automatiquement en même temps qu'une connexion "
+"réseau. Cela est possible en re-configurant la connexion réseau pour "
+"demander de toujours se connecter à cette connexion VPN."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure webserver"
+msgstr "Configurer les partages WebDAV"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard apache2"
+msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_apache2-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_apache2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_apache2-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_apache2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "Configurer les partages NFS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard bind"
+msgstr "drakwizard bind"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_bind-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_bind.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_bind-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_bind.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure DHCP"
+msgstr "Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
+msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_dhcp-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_dhcp.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_dhcp-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_dhcp.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure time"
+msgstr "Configurer le client"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard ntp"
+msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_ntp-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_ntp.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_ntp-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_ntp.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure FTP"
+msgstr "Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
+msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_proftpd-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_proftpd.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_proftpd-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_proftpd.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure proxy"
+msgstr "Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard squid"
+msgstr "drakwizard squid"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_squid-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_squid.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_squid-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_squid.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
+msgstr "Explorer et configurer le matériel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_sshd-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_sshd.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_sshd-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_sshd.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
+msgstr "Gérer les services système en les (dés)activant"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "drakxservices"
+msgstr "drakxservices"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"80%\" xml:id=\"drakxservices-im1\" revision="
+"\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakxservices.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/drakxservices.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakxservices-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
+msgid "Hardware configuration"
+msgstr "Explorer et configurer le matériel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
+msgid "harddrake2"
+msgstr "harddrake2"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"harddrake2.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"harddrake2-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"harddrake2.png\" xml:id="
+"\"harddrake2-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de lancer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
+"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
+"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
+"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
+"lst</code> package."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> apporte une vision "
+"générale du matériel composant votre ordinateur. Lorsqu'il est lancé, il "
+"exécute une tâche pour consulter chaque composant matériel. Il utilise pour "
+"cela la commande <code>ldetect </code>qui se réfère à une liste de matériel "
+"qui se trouve dans le paquetage <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
+msgid "The window"
+msgstr "La fenêtre"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
+msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
+msgstr "La fenêtre est divisée en deux colonnes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
+"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
+"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
+msgstr ""
+"La colonne de gauche contient la liste du matériel détecté. Les composants "
+"sont groupés par catégories. Cliquer sur le > pour dérouler le contenu d'une "
+"catégorie. Chaque composant peut être sélectionné dans cette colonne."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
+"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
+"about the content of the fields."
+msgstr ""
+"La colonne de droite donne des informations au sujet du composant "
+"sélectionné. L'entrée du menu <guimenu>Aide -> Description des champs </"
+"guimenu> donne quelques informations sur le contenu des champs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"Selon le type de périphérique sélectionné, un ou deux boutons sont "
+"disponibles en bas de la colonne de droite :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
+"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
+"used by experts only."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Spécifier les options du pilote courant </guibutton>: il permet "
+"de paramétrer le module utilisé en relation avec le pilote.  Ceci est "
+"réservé aux experts."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
+"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Lancer l'outil de configuration </guibutton>: accède à l'outil de "
+"configuration du périphérique. L'outil est souvent directement accessible "
+"depuis le CCM."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:66
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Options"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
+"enable automatic detection:"
+msgstr ""
+"Le menu <guimenu>options</guimenu> permet d'activer la détection automatique "
+"en cochant les cases correspondantes :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
+msgid "modem"
+msgstr "modems"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
+msgid "Jaz devices"
+msgstr "Périphériques Jaz"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
+msgid "Zip parallel devices"
+msgstr "Périphériques parallèles Zip"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
+"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
+"be operational the next time this tool is started."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces détections ne sont pas activées par défaut car elles sont lentes. Cocher "
+"la(es) case(s) appropriée(s) si ce matériel est connecté. La détection sera "
+"opérationnelle au prochain démarrage de l'outil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Définir la configuration du clavier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
+msgid "keyboarddrake"
+msgstr "keyboarddrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"keyboarddrake.png\" xml:id=\"keyboarddrake-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"keyboarddrake.png\" xml:id=\"keyboarddrake-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root <emphasis role=\"bold\">: keyboarddrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
+"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
+"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
+"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
+"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
+msgstr ""
+"L'outil keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de "
+"configurer la disposition générale du clavier utilisé avec Mageia. Cela "
+"affecte la disposition du clavier pour tous les utilisateurs du système. Il "
+"se trouve dans la section \"Matériel\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (MCC) "
+"sous l'appellation \"Définir la configuration du clavier\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
+msgid "Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Disposition de clavier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de sélectionner ici quel clavier vous désirez utiliser. Les "
+"noms, listés par ordre alphabétique, indiquent la langue, si besoin le pays, "
+"et/ou l'ethnie pour lesquels le clavier convient."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
+msgid "Keyboard Type"
+msgstr "Type du clavier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
+"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce menu permet de sélectionner le type de clavier utilisé. En cas de doute "
+"sur lequel choisir, il est préférable de laisser le type par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:10
+msgid "Manage localization for your system"
+msgstr "Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:13
+msgid "localedrake"
+msgstr "localedrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"localedrake.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"localedrake-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"localedrake-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"localedrake.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
+"root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
+"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
+"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
+"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve sous l'onglet "
+"\"Système\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (MCC) sous l'appellation \"Gérer "
+"les paramètres locaux de votre système\". Il s'ouvre dans une fenêtre où "
+"l'on peut choisir sa langue. Le choix est fonction des langues choisies "
+"pendant l'installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
+"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> permet d'activer la compatibilité "
+"avec l'encodage ancien (non UTF-8)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
+"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
+"countries not listed."
+msgstr ""
+"La deuxième fenêtre présente une liste de pays utilisant la langue "
+"précédemment sélectionnée. Le bouton <guibutton>Autres Pays</guibutton> "
+"permet de choisir un pays non listé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:38
+msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
+msgstr "Vous devez redémarrer la session après toute modification."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:42
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr "Méthode d'entrée"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
+"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
+"Korean, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> il est possible de "
+"sélectionner la méthode d'entrée (menu déroulant en bas de la fenêtre).  "
+"Elle concerne la saisie de caractères complexes et de symboles (chinois, "
+"japonais, coréen, sanskrit, etc.) avec un clavier occidental."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
+"users should not need to configure it manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour la localisation asiatique ou africaine, IBus étant la méthode d'entrée "
+"configurée par défaut, il ne devrait pas y avoir besoin de la sélectionner "
+"manuellement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
+"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
+"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"D'autres méthodes d'entrée (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) fournissent des "
+"fonctionnalités similaires et peuvent, si elles ne sont pas proposées dans "
+"la liste déroulante, être installées avec un autre outil du Centre de "
+"contrôle de Mageia. Voir <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:3
+msgid "View and search system logs"
+msgstr "Visionner et chercher dans les journaux du système"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:5
+msgid "logdrake"
+msgstr "logdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"logdrake-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"logdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"logdrake-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"logdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en "
+"tapant : <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
+"\"Système\" du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous le nom\"<guilabel> "
+"Visionner et chercher dans les journaux du système</guilabel>\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:22
+msgid "To do a search in the logs"
+msgstr "Pour effectuer une recherche dans les journaux."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Premièrement, entrer la chaîne de caractères recherchée dans le champ "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Contenant</emphasis> et/ou la chaîne de caractères "
+"que l'on ne souhaite <emphasis>pas</emphasis> retrouver parmi les réponses "
+"dans le champ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> mais ne contenant pas</emphasis>. Puis "
+"sélectionner le(s) fichier(s) dans lesquels rechercher dans le champ "
+"<guilabel>Choisir le fichier</guilabel>. En option, il est possible de "
+"limiter la recherche à un seul jour. Le sélectionner dans le <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Calendrier</emphasis>, en utilisant les petites flèches de chaque "
+"coté du mois et de l'année, et cocher \"<guibutton>N'afficher que pour le "
+"jour sélectionné</guibutton>\".  Enfin, cliquer sur le bouton "
+"<guibutton>Chercher</guibutton> pour voir les résultats dans la fenêtre "
+"nommée <guilabel>Contenu du fichier</guilabel>.  Il est possible "
+"d'enregistrer les résultats au format .txt en cliquant sur le bouton "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sauvegarder</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Les <guibutton>Journaux des outils de Mageia</guibutton> contiennent les "
+"journaux des outils de configuration de Mageia tels que les outils du Centre "
+"de Contrôle de Mageia. Ces journaux sont mis à jour à chaque fois qu'une "
+"configuration est modifiée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:43
+msgid "To configure a mail alert"
+msgstr "Pour configurer une alerte par courrier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
+"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Alerte par courriel</guibutton> vérifie automatiquement la charge "
+"du système et les services toutes les heures et si nécessaire envoie un "
+"courrier électronique à l'adresse indiquée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour configurer cet outil, cliquer sur le bouton <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alerte par courriel</emphasis>, puis dans l'écran suivant, sur le bouton "
+"déroulant <guibutton>Configurer le système d'alerte par courriel</"
+"guibutton>. Ici sont affichés tous les services en cours de fonctionnement "
+"et vous pouvez choisir ceux qui sont à surveiller (voir copie d'écran ci-"
+"dessous)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:55
+msgid "The following services can be watched :"
+msgstr "Les services suivants peuvent être surveillés :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:59
+msgid "Webmin Service"
+msgstr "Service Webmin"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:63
+msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
+msgstr "Serveur de courrier Postfix"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:67
+msgid "FTP Server"
+msgstr "Serveur FTP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:71
+msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
+msgstr "Serveur World Wide Web Apache"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:75
+msgid "SSH Server"
+msgstr "Serveur SSH"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:79
+msgid "Samba Server"
+msgstr "Serveur Samba"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:83
+msgid "Xinetd Service"
+msgstr "Services Xinetd"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:87
+msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
+msgstr "Résolveur de noms de domaine BIND"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:90
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"logdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"logdrake-"
+"im2\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"logdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
+"to 3 times the number of processors."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran suivant, sélectionner la valeur de la <guilabel>Charge</"
+"guilabel> considérée inacceptable. La charge représente la demande à un "
+"processus, une charge élevée ralentit le système et une charge très élevée "
+"peut indiquer qu'un processus est devenu incontrôlable.  La valeur par "
+"défaut est 3. Il est recommandé de mettre la valeur de la charge à 3 fois le "
+"nombre de processeurs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
+"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
+"or on the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans le dernier écran, entrer l'<guilabel>Adresse de courriel</guilabel> de "
+"la personne à prévenir et le <guilabel>Serveur de courriel</guilabel> à "
+"utiliser (local ou sur Internet)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
+msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
+msgid "lsnetdrake"
+msgstr "lsnetdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 en/lspcidrake.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> donne la possibilité de "
+"modifier la manière dont on est reconnu comme utilisateur sur la machine ou "
+"sur le réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 en/lspcidrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette page n'a pas été écrite faute de ressources. Si vous pensez pouvoir "
+"écrire cette aide, vous pouvez prendre contact avec <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de documentation </link> ou "
+"bien laisser un message sur le forum MLO."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
+msgid "Display Your PCI Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:11
+msgid "lspcidrake"
+msgstr "lspcidrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande sous root en "
+"tapant : <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
+msgid "Software Packages Update"
+msgstr "Mettre à jour votre système"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
+msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
+msgstr "MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"MageiaUpdate-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"MageiaUpdate.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"MageiaUpdate-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"MageiaUpdate.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans le Centre "
+"de Contrôle de Mageia sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestion des "
+"logiciels</emphasis>.¶"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
+"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
+"prompted to do so."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour fonctionner, MageiaUpdate a besoin que les dépôts logiciels soient "
+"configurés avec rpmdrake-edit-media, ou le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia "
+"(même onglet, dans \"configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour "
+"des logiciels\") et que des médias de mise à jour soient sélectionnés. Dans "
+"le cas contraire, vous êtes invité à le faire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
+msgstr ""
+"Aussitôt cet outil lancé, il analyse les paquetages installés puis liste "
+"ceux pour lesquels il existe une mise à jour dans les dépôts. Elles sont "
+"toutes sélectionnées par défaut pour être automatiquement téléchargées et "
+"installées. Cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Mettre à jour</guibutton> pour "
+"démarrer le processus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"means you can click to drop down a text."
+msgstr ""
+"En cliquant sur un paquetage, des informations supplémentaires sont "
+"affichées dans la moitié inférieure de la fenêtre. Le symbole <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"> ></emphasis> devant un titre signifie qu'il est possible de "
+"cliquer dessus pour dérouler du texte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:20
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"MageiaUpdate1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/MageiaUpdate1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Quand des mises à jour sont disponibles, vous êtes prévenu par un applet "
+"dans la boîte à miniatures qui affiche cette icône rouge <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Cliquer simplement sur l'icône et entrer "
+"le mot de passe utilisateur pour mettre le système à jour."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "Démarragee"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-boot.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-boot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mcc-boot.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"mcc-boot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
+"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour "
+"configurer les étapes du démarrage. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en "
+"savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
+msgid "Configure boot steps"
+msgstr "Configurer les étapes du démarrage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr "Matériel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-hardware.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-hardware-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mcc-hardware.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"mcc-hardware-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
+"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible dans cet écran de choisir entre plusieurs outils pour "
+"configurer le matériel. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
+msgid "Manage your hardware"
+msgstr "Gérer le matériel"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/> <emphasis>= Explorer et configurer le "
+"matériel</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
+msgid "Configure graphics"
+msgstr "Configurer le graphisme"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/> <emphasis>= Configurer les effets bureau 3D</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
+msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
+msgstr "Configurer la souris et le clavier"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
+msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
+msgstr "Configurer l'impression et la numérisation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/> <emphasis>= Configurer la/les "
+"imprimante(s), les files de travaux d'impression, ...</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr "Autres"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
+msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr "Au sujet du Manuel du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
+"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
+"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
+"selected in the big right panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) possède huit entrées différentes que "
+"l'on peut choisir dans la colonne de gauche. Chacune de ces entrées propose "
+"un bouquet d'outils qui peuvent être sélectionnés dans le grand panneau de "
+"droite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Les huit chapitres suivants concernent ces huit entrées et les outils "
+"correspondants."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
+"any of the MCC tabs."
+msgstr ""
+"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
+"any of the MCC tabs."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
+"screens."
+msgstr ""
+"Les titres de ces pages sont en général identiques aux titres des écrans de "
+"ces outils."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
+"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
+msgstr ""
+"Il y aussi une barre de recherche à disposition, vous pouvez y accéder en "
+"cliquant sur l'onglet \"Rechercher\" dans la colonne de gauche."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
+msgid "Local disks"
+msgstr "Disques locaux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mcc-localdisks-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mcc-localdisks.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"mcc-"
+"localdisks-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mcc-localdisks.png\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
+"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour gérer "
+"les disques locaux. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network Services"
+msgstr "Partages réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-networkservices.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-networkservices-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-networkservices.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-networkservices-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
+"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
+msgid "Network Sharing"
+msgstr "Partages réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mcc-networksharing-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mcc-networksharing.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mcc-networksharing-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"mcc-network-sharing.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
+"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils pour "
+"partager des disques et des répertoires. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour "
+"en savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
+msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
+msgstr "Configurer les partages Windows(R)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
+"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"/><emphasis> = Partagez vos disques et "
+"répertoires avec les systèmes Windows (Samba) </emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
+msgid "Configure NFS shares"
+msgstr "Configurer les partages NFS"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
+msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
+msgstr "Configurer les partages WebDAV"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
+msgid "Network and Internet"
+msgstr "Réseau et Internet"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"mcc-network.png\" xml:id=\"mcc-network-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"mcc-network.png\" xml:id=\"mcc-network-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils réseau. "
+"Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
+msgid "Manage your network devices"
+msgstr "Gérer les périphériques réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
+msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
+msgstr "Personnaliser et sécuriser le réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-security.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-security-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-security.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-security-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
+"link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils réseau. "
+"Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
+"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/><emphasis> = Configurer les sources "
+"pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr "Partage de scanners"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-sharing.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-sharing-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-sharing.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-sharing-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:4
+msgid "System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mcc-system.png\" xml:id=\"mcc-system-"
+"im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mcc-system.png\" xml:id=\"mcc-system-"
+"im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:13
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
+"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils réseau. "
+"Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:18
+msgid "Manage system services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:35
+msgid "Localization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:48
+msgid "Administration tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:62
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:66
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/MCC.xml:4
+msgid "Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr "Centre de Contrôle de Mageia"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce manuel est produit avec le concours du <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">CMS Calenco</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est écrit par des volontaires sur leur temps libre. Veuillez contacter "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de "
+"documentation </link>, si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
+msgid "Configure updates frequency"
+msgstr "Configurer la fréquence des mises à jour"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
+msgid "mgaapplet-config"
+msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"mgaapplet-"
+"config-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mgaapplet-config.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"mgaapplet-"
+"config-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mgaapplet-config.png\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>est présent dans le "
+"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestion "
+"des logiciels</emphasis>. Il est aussi disponible par un <guimenu>clic "
+"droit / Configuration des mises à jour </guimenu>sur l'icône rouge "
+"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> dans la boîte à "
+"miniatures."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
+"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"Le premier curseur permet de changer la fréquence de la recherche des mises "
+"à jour et le second le délai après démarrage avant de réaliser la première "
+"recherche. La case à cocher permet d'être prévenu lorsqu'une nouvelle "
+"édition de Mageia est sortie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
+msgstr "Définir le dispositif de pointage (souris, pavé tactile)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
+msgid "mousedrake"
+msgstr "mousedrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mousedrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"mousedrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mousedrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"mousedrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est présent dans le "
+"centre de contrôle de Mageia, sous l'onglet <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matériel</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Etant donné qu'il faut une souris pour installer Mageia, celle-ci est déjà "
+"installée par Drakinstall. Cet outil permet l'installation d'une autre "
+"souris."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
+"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
+"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
+"immediately taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Les souris sont triées par type de connexion puis par modèle.  Sélectionnez "
+"votre souris et cliquez sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. La plupart du temps, "
+"\"Universelle / N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB\"'convient pour une "
+"souris récente. La nouvelle souris est immédiatement prise en compte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:3
+msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
+msgstr "Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la surveillance du système"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:3
+msgid "msecgui"
+msgstr "msecgui"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"msecgui-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"msecgui.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../en/msecgui.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"msecgui-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande, en tapant "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> sous root."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
+msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:30
+msgid "And more tools?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
+msgstr "Gestion des logiciels (Installer et désinstaller des logiciels)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
+msgid "rpmdrake"
+msgstr "rpmdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"rpmdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"rpmdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"rpmdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"rpmdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
+msgstr "Introduction à rpmdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
+"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
+"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
+"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
+"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
+"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
+"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
+"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
+"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, aussi connu sous le nom "
+"de drakrpm, est un programme d'installation, de désinstallation et de mise à "
+"jour des paquetages. C'est l'interface utilisateur graphique de URPMI. A "
+"chaque démarrage, Il vérifie les listes de paquetages en ligne (appelées "
+"'média') téléchargées directement depuis les serveurs officiels de Mageia, "
+"et vous présente toujours les dernières applications et paquetages "
+"disponibles pour votre ordinateur. Un système de filtres permet de "
+"n'afficher que certains types de paquetages : vous pouvez n'avoir que les "
+"applications installées (par défaut), ou seulement les mises à jour "
+"disponibles, ou encore seulement les paquetages non installés. Il est aussi "
+"possible de rechercher par le nom du paquetage, ou dans les résumés des "
+"descriptions, ou dans la description complète du paquetage, ou dans les noms "
+"des fichiers inclus dans le paquetage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour fonctionner, rpmdrake a besoin que les dépôts soient configurés avec "
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:39
+msgid "The main parts of the screen"
+msgstr "Les principales zones de l'écran"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake1.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:51
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtre par type de paquetage :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
+"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
+"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce filtre permet de n'afficher que certains types de paquetages.  Au premier "
+"démarrage, seules sont affichées les applications dotées d'une interface "
+"graphique. Il est possible d'afficher soit tous les paquetages et toutes "
+"leurs dépendances et bibliothèques soit seulement des groupes de paquetages "
+"tels que les applications, les mises à jour, ou encore les paquetages "
+"rétroportés depuis des versions plus récentes de Mageia."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Le paramétrage par défaut et choisi pour les nouveaux arrivants dans Linux "
+"ou Mageia, qui ne désirent probablement pas utiliser la ligne de commande ou "
+"des outils de spécialistes. Puisque vous lisez cette documentation, vous "
+"êtes de toute évidence désireux d'améliorer votre connaissance de Mageia, "
+"aussi, il est préférable de positionner ce filtre sur \"Tout\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtre d'état des paquetages :</"
+"emphasis> </firstterm>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
+"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
+"not installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce filtre permet de ne voir que les paquetages installés, que les paquetages "
+"non installés ou tous les paquetages (installés et non installés)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:79
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mode recherche :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
+"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
+"in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur cette icône pour rechercher les paquetages par leur nom, leur "
+"résumé, leur description complète ou par les noms de fichiers inclus dans "
+"les paquetages."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:87
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Champ \"Trouver\" :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
+"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
+"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+"Entrer ici un ou plusieurs mots-clés. Si vous désirez en utiliser plus d'un, "
+"utiliser '|' comme séparateur, par exemple pour rechercher \"mplayer\" et "
+"\"xine\" en même temps, taper 'mplayer | xine'."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Effacer tout :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
+"box ."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette icône efface en un seul clic tous les mots-clés entrés dans le Champ "
+"\"Trouver\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:102
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liste de catégories :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette barre latérale regroupe tous les paquetages en catégories et sous-"
+"catégories clairement définies."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:109
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Le Panneau de description :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce panneau affiche le nom du paquetage, son résumé et sa description "
+"complète. Il affiche aussi beaucoup d'informations utiles au sujet du paquet "
+"sélectionné, comme par exemple les fichiers inclus dans le paquetage ou bien "
+"la liste des dernières modifications réalisées par le mainteneur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:121
+msgid "The status column"
+msgstr "La colonne statut"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
+"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
+"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
+"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
+"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois les filtres correctement paramétrés, le paquetage peut être trouvé "
+"soit par catégorie (dans la zone 6 ci-dessus) ou par nom/résumé/description "
+"(dans la zone 4). Une liste de paquetages répondant à la requête et, ne "
+"l'oubliez pas, aux médium choisis est affichée avec les indicateurs de "
+"statut précisant si le paquetage est installé/pas installé/une mise à "
+"jour,... Pour changer ce statut, cocher ou décocher la case devant le nom du "
+"paquetage et cliquer sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
+msgid "Icon"
+msgstr "Icône"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:141
+msgid "Legend"
+msgstr "Légende"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:148
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/rpmdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:153
+msgid "This package is already installed"
+msgstr "Ce paquetage est déjà installé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:158
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/rpmdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:163
+msgid "This package will be installed"
+msgstr "Ce paquetage sera installé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:168
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/rpmdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:173
+msgid "This package cannot be modified"
+msgstr "Ce paquetage ne peut être modifié"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:178
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/rpmdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183
+msgid "This package is an update"
+msgstr "Ce paquetage est une mise à jour"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:188
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../en/rpmdrake6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:193
+msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
+msgstr "Ce paquetage sera désinstallé"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:131
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
+msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
+msgstr "Exemples dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
+"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
+"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décochez digikam (la flèche verte nous dit qu'il est installé), "
+"l'icône des statuts deviendra rouge avec une flèche vers le haut et il sera "
+"désinstallé en cliquant sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
+"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous cochez qdigidoc (qui n'est pas installé, voir le statut), une icône "
+"orange avec une flèche vers le bas va apparaître et il sera installé en "
+"cliquant sur <guibutton>Appliquer</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
+msgid "The dependencies"
+msgstr "Les dépendances"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:223
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake7.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake7.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
+"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
+"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
+"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Certains paquetages en nécessitent d'autres, appelés dépendances, pour "
+"fonctionner. Ce sont par exemple des bibliothèques ou des outils.  Dans ce "
+"cas, rpmdrake affiche une fenêtre d'information permettant d'accepter ou de "
+"refuser les dépendances sélectionnées, d'annuler l'opération ou d'obtenir "
+"plus d'informations (voir ci-dessus). Il peut aussi arriver que plusieurs "
+"paquetages sont capables de fournir la bibliothèque exigée, auquel cas "
+"rpmdrake affiche la liste des candidats plus un bouton pour obtenir des "
+"informations complémentaires et un autre bouton pour choisir quel paquetage "
+"installer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
+msgid "Set up scanner"
+msgstr "Configuration du scanner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
+msgid "scannerdrake"
+msgstr "scannerdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil en ligne de commande en tapant sous "
+"root : <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
+"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
+"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permet de configurer un "
+"scanner autonome ou bien un appareil multifonction qui comprend un scanner. "
+"Il permet aussi de partager des périphériques locaux, connectés sur cet "
+"ordinateur, avec un ordinateur distant ou encore d'accéder à des scanners "
+"distants."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
+"message:"
+msgstr "Au premier démarrage, le message suivant peut apparaître :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"Les paquetages SANE doivent être installés pour utiliser des "
+"scanners.</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Désirez-vous installer les paquetages SANE ?\"</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
+"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir <emphasis>Oui</emphasis> pour continuer. Il installera <code>scanner-"
+"gui</code> et <code>task-scanning</code> s'ils ne sont pas déjà installés."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"scannerdrake.png\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-"
+"im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
+"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le scanner est correctement identifié, c'est-à-dire si son nom est "
+"visible dans l'écran ci-dessus, le scanner est prêt pour son utilisation "
+"avec par exemple, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Simple Scan</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans ce cas, il est de plus possible d'utiliser l'option <emphasis>Partage "
+"de scanners</emphasis>. Vous trouverez des informations dans <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
+"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
+"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
+"scanner manually</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cependant, si le scanner n'a pas été correctement détecté, et ceci malgré "
+"une vérification des câbles, de l'alimentation électrique et une nouvelle "
+"<emphasis>Recherche des nouveaux scanners </emphasis>, vous devez alors "
+"<emphasis>Ajouter manuellement un scanner</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir la marque du scanner dans la liste, puis son modèle dans la liste "
+"correspondant à cette marque et cliquer sur <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake2.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im2\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../en/scannerdrake1.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im2\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le scanner ne se trouve pas dans la liste, cliquer sur <emphasis>Annuler</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Veuillez alors vérifier dans cette page <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-"
+"project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">Périphériques supportés par SANE</"
+"link> si le scanner est supporté et demander de l'aide dans les <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
+msgid "Choose port"
+msgstr "Choix du port"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake3.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im3\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:"
+"id=\"scannerdrake-im3\" fileref=\"scannerdrake2.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce paramètre peut rester sur <emphasis>Auto-détecter les ports disponibles</"
+"emphasis> sauf si l'interface du scanner est sur port parallèle. Dans ce "
+"cas, sélectionner <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> s'il n'y en a qu'un "
+"seul."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
+"similar to the one below."
+msgstr ""
+"Après un clic sur <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, le plus souvent, vous voyez un "
+"écran similaire à celui-ci-dessous."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous n'obtenez pas cet écran, veuillez lire le <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake4.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im4\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"scannerdrake3.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im4\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
+msgid "Scannersharing"
+msgstr "Partage de scanners"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake5.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im5\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"scannerdrake4.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im5\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
+"this machine."
+msgstr ""
+"Ici peut se faire le choix de rendre les scanners connectés à cette machine "
+"accessibles par les machines distantes et par lesquelles de ces machines. Il "
+"est aussi possible de décider ici si les scanners sur les machines distantes "
+"peuvent être disponibles pour cette machine."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
+"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
+"this computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : le nom ou l'adresse IP des clients (ou "
+"hôtes) peut être ajouté ou effacé de la liste des clients autorisés à "
+"accéder aux périphérique(s) local (aux) de cet ordinateur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
+"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Utiliser les scanners sur les hôtes : le nom ou l'adresse IP des clients "
+"peut être ajouté ou effacé de la liste des clients qui donnent accès à un "
+"scanner distant."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake6.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im6\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"scannerdrake6.png\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im6\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
+msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
+msgstr "Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : Vous pouvez ajouter un hôte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake7.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im7\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"scannerdrake-im7\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"scannerdrake7.png\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+"Partage de scanners pour les hôtes : spécifier quel(s) client(s) à ajouter, "
+"ou bien autoriser toutes les machines distantes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake8.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im8\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"scannerdrake8.png\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im8\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
+msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Toutes les machines distantes\" sont autorisées à accéder au scanner local."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake9.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im9\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"scannerdrake-im9\" fileref=\"scannerdrake9.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
+"offers to do it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le paquetage<emphasis> saned</emphasis> n'est pas encore installé, "
+"l'outil propose de le faire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
+msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
+msgstr "Au final, l'outil modifiera ces fichiers :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
+"\"net\""
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>pour ajouter ou mettre en "
+"commentaire la ligne \"net\""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Il va aussi configurer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> et <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> pour qu'ils soient actifs à chaque démarrage du système."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
+msgid "Specifics"
+msgstr "Particularités"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
+msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
+msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
+"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"La plupart des scanners HP sont gérés depuis <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis> (hplip) qui gère aussi les imprimantes. Dans ce cas, l'outil "
+"Mageia ne vous permet pas de réaliser la configuration et vous invite à "
+"utiliser <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> à la place."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
+msgid "Epson"
+msgstr "Epson"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Les pilotes sont disponibles sur <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
+"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">cette page</link>. Si demandé, il "
+"faut d'abord installer le paquetage <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, puis "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dans cet ordre). Il est possible que le "
+"paquetage <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> déclenche un avertissement au sujet "
+"d'un conflit avec <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Des utilisateurs ont rapporté "
+"qu'il pouvait être ignoré."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
+msgid "Extra installation steps"
+msgstr "Etapes supplémentaires pour l'installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
+"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible qu'après la sélection d'un port pour le scanner dans l'écran "
+"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, une ou plusieurs étapes "
+"supplémentaires soient nécessaires pour configurer correctement le scanner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
+"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
+"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
+"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
+"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans certains cas, il est indiqué que le scanner a besoin de télécharger son "
+"firmware à chaque fois qu'il est démarré. Cet outil permet de le charger "
+"dans le périphérique, après l'avoir installé sur le système. Dans cet écran, "
+"il est possible d'installer le firmware à partir d'un CD, d'une installation "
+"de Windows, ou installez celui que vous avez téléchargé depuis le site "
+"Internet du vendeur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
+"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
+msgstr ""
+"Quand le firmware du scanner doit être chargé, cela peut demander beaucoup "
+"de temps à chaque première utilisation, probablement plus d'une minute. "
+"Soyez patient."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Il est aussi possible qu'un écran demande de paramétrer le fichier "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"nom_de_votre_interface_SANE\".conf </emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Lisez ces instructions et d'autres avec attention et si vous rencontrez des "
+"difficultés n'hésitez pas à demander de l'aide dans les <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
+msgid "Software Management"
+msgstr "Gestion des logiciels"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/software-management.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"software-management-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"software-management.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"software-management.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"software-management-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir dans cet écran entre plusieurs outils de gestion "
+"des logiciels. Cliquer sur un lien ci-dessous pour en savoir plus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:17
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"/><emphasis> = Mettre à jour votre système</"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
+"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/><emphasis> = Configurer les sources "
+"pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
+msgid "Install and configure a printer"
+msgstr "Installation et configuration d'une imprimante"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
+msgid "system-config-printer"
+msgstr "system-config-printer"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"system-"
+"config-printer-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"system-config-printer.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"system-"
+"config-printer-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"system-config-printer.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
+"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
+"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
+"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
+"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
+"and openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"L'impression est gérée dans Mageia par un serveur appelé CUPS. Il possède sa "
+"propre <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface "
+"de configuration</link>, accessible via un navigateur Internet, mais Mageia "
+"propose son propre outil pour installer les imprimantes appelé system-config-"
+"printer, lequel est partagé avec d'autres distributions telles que Fedora, "
+"Mandriva, Ubuntu et openSUSE."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
+"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devez activer le dépôt non-free avant de procéder à l'installation car "
+"certains pilotes ne sont disponibles que de cette façon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
+"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>.Le mot de passe "
+"administrateur sera demandé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
+"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installation de l'imprimante s'effectue dans l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</"
+"guilabel> du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia.  Sélectionner l'outil "
+"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Configurer la/les "
+"imprimante(s), les files de travaux d'impression, ...</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
+msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
+msgstr "Mageia demande l'installation de deux paquetages :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
+msgid "task-printing-server"
+msgstr "task-printing-server"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
+msgid "task-printing-hp"
+msgstr "task-printing-hp"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
+"dependencies are needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est nécessaire d'accepter ces installations pour poursuivre.  Jusqu'à "
+"230Mo de dépendances sont mises en place."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
+"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
+"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
+"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
+"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour une nouvelle installation, cliquer sur le bouton \"Ajouter\". Le "
+"système va détecter toutes les imprimantes et les ports disponibles. La "
+"copie d'écran ci-dessus montre une imprimante connectée à un port parallèle. "
+"Si une imprimante est détectée, par exemple une imprimante sur un port USB, "
+"elle sera affichée sur la première ligne. Le système cherchera aussi à "
+"configurer les imprimantes réseau."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
+msgid "Automatically detected printer"
+msgstr "Imprimante détectée automatiquement"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cela concerne généralement les imprimantes USB. L'outil identifie "
+"automatiquement le nom de l'imprimante et l'affiche. Sélectionner "
+"l'imprimante et cliquer sur \"Suivant\". Si un pilote associé à cette "
+"imprimante est connu, il sera installé automatiquement. S'il en existe "
+"plusieurs ou s'il n'en existe pas, une fenêtre demandera d'en sélectionner "
+"un ou d'en fournir un, comme expliqué dans le paragraphe suivant.  Continuer "
+"en cliquant sur <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
+msgid "No automatically detected printer"
+msgstr "Imprimante non détectée automatiquement"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:75
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"printer3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"system-config-printer1.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Après la sélection du port, le système charge une liste de pilotes et "
+"affiche une fenêtre pour en sélectionner un. Le choix peut se faire au "
+"travers une des propositions suivantes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
+msgid "Select printer from database"
+msgstr "Sélectionner une imprimante depuis la base de données"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
+msgid "provide PPD file"
+msgstr "Fournir un fichier PPD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
+msgid "search for a driver to download"
+msgstr "Rechercher un pilote d'imprimante à télécharger"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
+"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
+"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
+"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
+"which know to work."
+msgstr ""
+"Avec l'option \"Sélectionner une imprimante depuis la base de données\", la "
+"fenêtre propose d'abord une liste de fabricants puis un appareil et un "
+"pilote associé. Si plusieurs pilotes sont proposés, sélectionner celui qui "
+"est recommandé, à moins que vous ayez rencontré des problèmes avec ce "
+"dernier. Sélectionner alors celui qui est connu pour fonctionner."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
+msgid "Complete the installation process"
+msgstr "Terminer la procédure d'installation"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
+"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
+"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
+"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
+"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+"Après la sélection du pilote, une fenêtre demande des informations qui "
+"permettront au système de nommer l'imprimante et de la reconnaître. La "
+"première ligne concerne le nom sous lequel l'imprimante apparaîtra dans les "
+"applications. L'installateur propose ensuite d'imprimer une page de test. "
+"Enfin, l'imprimante est ajoutée et apparaît dans la liste des imprimantes "
+"disponibles."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
+msgid "Network printer"
+msgstr "Imprimante réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Les imprimantes réseau sont des imprimantes qui sont directement connectées "
+"à un réseau, qu'il soit filaire ou sans fil, ou connectées à un serveur "
+"d'impression ou encore à une autre station de travail utilisée comme serveur "
+"d'impression."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est souvent préférable de configurer le serveur DHCP pour qu'il attribue "
+"toujours une adresse IP fixe associée à l'adresse MAC de l'imprimante. Bien "
+"sûr, cette adresse est aussi l'adresse attribuée par le réseau à "
+"l'imprimante ou au serveur d'impression, s'ils sont dotés d'une adresse fixe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
+"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
+"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
+"after \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+"L'adresse MAC est un numéro de série donné par le fabricant aux "
+"périphériques réseau. Celui de l'imprimante réseau, du serveur d'impression "
+"ou de l'ordinateur auquel l'imprimante est connectée peut être découvert sur "
+"une impression de page de configuration ou bien sur une étiquette fixée sur "
+"l'imprimante réseau ou serveur d'impression. Si l'imprimante partagée est "
+"connectée à un système Mageia, lancer la commande <emphasis><code>ifconfig</"
+"code></emphasis> sous root pour trouver l'adresse MAC. C'est la suite de "
+"chiffres et de lettres après \"HWaddr\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
+"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
+"says \"host\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible d'ajouter une imprimante réseau en choisissant le protocole "
+"qui sera utilisé par celle-ci pour dialoguer avec l'ordinateur via le "
+"réseau. Si vous ne savez pas quel protocole choisir, essayez l'option "
+"<guilabel>Imprimante réseau</guilabel> - <guilabel>Rechercher une imprimante "
+"réseau</guilabel> dans le cadre <guilabel>Périphériques</guilabel> et donnez "
+"l'adresse IP de l'imprimante où il est marqué \"Hôte\" sur la droite."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
+"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
+"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'outil identifie l'imprimante ou le serveur d'impression, il proposera "
+"un protocole et une file de travaux d'impression (ou queue d'impression), "
+"mais il est possible d'en choisir une autre plus pertinente dans la liste en-"
+"dessous, ou de donner le nom de la queue si elle n'est pas dans la liste."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Consulter la documentation livrée avec l'imprimante ou le serveur "
+"d'impression pour découvrir quels protocoles sont supportés et des noms de "
+"queue spécifiques."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
+msgid "Network printing protocols"
+msgstr "Protocoles d'impression en réseau"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
+"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
+"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
+"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
+"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
+"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"Une technique courante est celle développée par Hewlett-Packard et connue "
+"sous le nom de JetDirect. Elle permet d'accéder à une imprimante connectée "
+"au réseau via un port Ethernet. Il faut connaître l'adresse IP de "
+"l'imprimante sur le réseau. Cette technique est aussi utilisée à l'intérieur "
+"de certains routeurs ADSL qui proposent un port USB pour connecter "
+"l'imprimante. Dans ce cas, l'adresse IP de l'imprimante est celle du "
+"routeur. A noter que l'outil \"Gestionnaire de périphériques HP\" peut gérer "
+"de façon dynamique les adresse IP configurées, paramétrer une URI telle que "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;nom-de-l'imprimante></emphasis>.  Dans ce cas, il "
+"n'est pas nécessaire d'avoir une adresse IP fixe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
+"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
+"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir l'option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> pour le "
+"protocole et donner l'adresse dans <guilabel>Hôte :</guilabel>, ne pas "
+"modifier le <guilabel>numéro du port</guilabel>, sauf en cas d'indication "
+"contraire. Après la sélection du protocole, la sélection du pilote se fait "
+"comme ci-dessus."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:179
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"printer5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"system-config-printer2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
+msgid "The other protocols are:"
+msgstr "Les autres protocoles sont :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
+"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
+"some ADSL-routers."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis> : l'imprimante est "
+"accessible sur un réseau TCP/IP via le protocole IPP, par exemple, une "
+"imprimante connectée à une station qui utilise CUPS.  Ce protocole peut "
+"aussi être utilisé par certains routeurs ADSL."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
+"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
+"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> le même que IPP, "
+"mais utilisant le transport http et le protocole sécurisé TLS. Le port doit "
+"être défini, le port 631est utilisé par défaut."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>le même que IPP, "
+"mais avec le protocole sécurisé TLS."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
+"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using LPD."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Hôte ou imprimante LPD/LPR</emphasis> : l'imprimante est "
+"accessible sur un réseau TCP/IP via le protocole LPD, par exemple, une "
+"imprimante connectée à une station utilisant LPD."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
+"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Imprimante Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: l'imprimante est "
+"connectée à une station sous Windows ou un serveur SMB et est partagée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
+"the URI:"
+msgstr ""
+"L'URI peut aussi être ajoutée directement. Voici quelques exemples d'URI :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
+msgid "Appsocket"
+msgstr "Appsocket"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
+msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
+msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:port </uri>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
+msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
+msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
+msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:numéro-port/ressource</uri>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
+msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr "<uri>http://ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte:numéro-port/ressource</uri>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
+msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
+msgstr "Protocole Line Printer Daemon (LPD)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
+msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
+msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-adresse-ou-nom-d'hôte/queue</uri>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Des informations complémentaires sont disponibles sur <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentation "
+"CUPS.</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
+msgid "Device Properties"
+msgstr "Propriétés du périphérique"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Les propriétés du périphérique sont disponibles. Le menu <guimenu>Serveur</"
+"guimenu> permet d'accéder aux paramètres du serveur CUPS. Par défaut un "
+"serveur CUPS est lancé sur le système, mais on peut en spécifier un autre "
+"avec le menu <guimenu>Serveur</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connexion...</"
+"guimenuitem>, une autre fenêtre permet le réglage détaillé de paramètres "
+"spécifiques du serveur via menu <guimenu>Serveur</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Paramètres.</guimenuitem>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
+msgid "Troubleshoot"
+msgstr "Dépannage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
+"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Des informations au sujet d'erreurs se produisant pendant l'impression sont "
+"disponibles dans le fichier <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Un outil de diagnostic des problèmes est aussi accessible dans le menu "
+"<guimenu>Aide</guimenu> | <guilabel>Dépannage</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"il est possible que des pilotes d'imprimantes particulières ne soient pas "
+"disponibles pour Mageia ou ne soient pas fonctionnels. Dans ce cas, visitez "
+"le site <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</"
+"link> pour vérifier s'il existe un pilote disponible pour cette imprimante. "
+"Si oui, rechercher si le paquetage existe pour Mageia et dans ce cas "
+"l'installer manuellement. Ensuite exécuter à nouveau le processus "
+"d'installation pour configurer l'imprimante. Dans tous les cas, rapporter le "
+"problème dans Bugzilla ou sur le forum. Fournir le modèle de l'imprimante et "
+"le pilote utilisé et spécifier si l'imprimante fonctionne correctement ou "
+"pas après l'installation. Voici quelques pistes pour trouver d'autres "
+"pilotes à jour ou bien concernant des imprimantes récentes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes Brother</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">Dans cette page</link> Brother propose une liste de "
+"pilotes. Rechercher le pilote désiré, télécharger le(s) rpm(s) et l'(es) "
+"installer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
+msgstr ""
+"Les pilotes Brother doivent être installés avant d'exécuter l'utilitaire de "
+"configuration."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes et appareils Tout-en-un Hewlett-Packard."
+"</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
+msgid ""
+"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
+"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
+"of the printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces appareils utilisent l'outil hplip. Il est automatiquement installé après "
+"la détection ou la sélection de l'imprimante. Plus d'informations <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">ici</link>.  "
+"L'outil \"Gestionnaire de périphériques HP\" est disponible dans le menu "
+"Mageia <guilabel>Outils | Outils système</guilabel>. Voir aussi <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
+"\">configuration</link> pour la gestion de l'imprimante."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
+"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
+"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
+"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
+"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
+"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
+"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Un périphérique HP Tout-en-un doit être installé comme une imprimante et les "
+"fonctionnalités du scanner seront ajoutées. A noter que quelquefois, "
+"l'interface Xsane ne permet pas de scanner des films ou des diapos (le "
+"couvercle lumineux n'entre pas en service). Dans ce cas, il est possible de "
+"scanner en utilisant le mode autonome de l'appareil, et d'enregistrer "
+"l'image sur une clé USB ou une carte mémoire insérée dans l'appareil. "
+"Ensuite, ouvrez votre logiciel favori de retouche d'images et chargez "
+"l'image de la carte mémoire qui est apparue dans le dossier /media."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes couleur Samsung</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"Concernant les imprimantes couleurs particulières de Samsung et Xerox, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">ce site fournit des pilotes</link> "
+"pour le protocole QPDL."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes et scanners Epson</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
+msgid ""
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Des pilotes pour les imprimantes Epson sont disponibles depuis <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">cette "
+"page de recherche</link>. Pour la partie scanner, il faut d'abord installer "
+"le paquetage i<emphasis>scan-data</emphasis>, puis <emphasis>iscan</"
+"emphasis> (dans cet ordre). Un paquetage <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> "
+"peut éventuellement être proposé et doit être installé. Choisissez un "
+"paquetage <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> et en accord avec l'architecture de votre "
+"installation."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
+"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible que le paquetage iscan déclenche une alerte concernant un "
+"conflit avec <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Des utilisateurs ont signalé que "
+"cette alerte pouvait être ignorée."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantes Canon</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour les imprimantes Canon, il est conseillé d'installer un outil appelé "
+"turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible ici </"
+"link>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
+msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
+msgstr "Importer les documents et les réglages de Windows(TM)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
+msgid "transfugdrake"
+msgstr "transfugdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"transfugdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"transfugdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"transfugdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"transfugdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
+"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
+"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
+"explanation about the tool and import options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
+"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
+"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
+msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
+"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:11
+msgid "Users and Groups"
+msgstr "Utilisateurs et groupes"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:13
+msgid "userdrake"
+msgstr "userdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"userdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"userdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"userdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref="
+"\"userdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de démarrer cet outil depuis la ligne de commande en tapant "
+"sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se trouve dans l'onglet "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Système</emphasis> du Centre de Contrôle Mageia sous "
+"l'appellation \"Gérer les utilisateurs du système\"."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Il permet à l'administrateur de gérer les utilisateurs et les groupes, c'est-"
+"à-dire d'ajouter, de supprimer un utilisateur ou un groupe et de modifier la "
+"configuration d'un utilisateur ou d'un groupe (ID, shell, ...)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
+msgstr ""
+"Quand userdrake est ouvert, tous les utilisateurs existants sur le système "
+"sont listés dans l'onglet <guibutton>Utilisateur</guibutton>, et tous les "
+"groupes dans l'onglet <guibutton>Groupes</guibutton>. Les deux onglets "
+"fonctionnent de la même manière."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>1 Ajouter un utilisateur</guibutton>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:37
+msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
+msgstr "Ce bouton ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre dont tous les champs sont vides :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:40
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
+"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
+"or nothing as well!"
+msgstr ""
+"Le champ <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nom complet</emphasis> est destiné à "
+"recevoir le nom de famille et le prénom, mais il est possible d'écrire ce "
+"que l'on veut, ou ne rien écrire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:49
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilisateur</emphasis> est le seul champ obligatoire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
+msgstr ""
+"Définir un <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mot de passe</emphasis> est fortement "
+"recommandé. Il y a un petit écusson sur la droite, s'il est rouge, cela "
+"signifie que le mot de passe est faible, trop court ou trop proche du nom de "
+"connexion. Il est recommandé d'utiliser des chiffres, des caractères "
+"minuscules et majuscules, des éléments de ponctuation, etc. L'écusson "
+"deviendra orange puis vert avec l'amélioration de la solidité du mot de "
+"passe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"Le champ <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmation du mot de passe</emphasis> est "
+"là pour s'assurer que ce qui est entré correspond bien à ce qui est souhaité."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
+"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
+"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell de démarrage</emphasis> est une liste "
+"déroulante qui permet de choisir le shell employé par l'utilisateur en cours "
+"d'ajout. Les possibilités sont Bash, Dash et Sh."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
+"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
+"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si <emphasis role=\"bold\">Créer un groupe privé pour l'utilisateur</"
+"emphasis>, est coché, un groupe du même nom que l'utilisateur sera "
+"automatiquement créé et le nouvel utilisateur en sera le seul membre (cela "
+"peut être modifié)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
+"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les autres options sont évidentes. Le nouvel utilisateur est créé aussitôt "
+"après le clic sur le bouton <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:73
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Ajouter un groupe</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
+"group ID."
+msgstr ""
+"Il suffit d'entrer le nom du nouveau groupe et si nécessaire, l'ID "
+"spécifique du groupe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:78
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editer</emphasis> (un utilisateur sélectionné)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
+"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Données de l'utilisateur</guibutton> : permet de modifier toutes "
+"les données entrées à la création de l'utilisateur (l'ID ne peut pas être "
+"changée)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informations sur le compte</emphasis> :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:86
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
+"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"La première option concerne la date d'expiration du compte. La connexion est "
+"impossible après cette date. Cela est utile pour les comptes temporaires."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
+"as the account is locked."
+msgstr ""
+"La deuxième option concerne le verrouillage du compte, la connexion est "
+"impossible tant que le compte est verrouillé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:98
+msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
+msgstr "Il est aussi possible de changer l'icône."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
+"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
+"password periodically."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informations sur le mot de passe</emphasis> : permet "
+"de d'attribuer une date d'expiration au mot de passe, cela oblige "
+"l'utilisateur à modifier son mot de passe périodiquement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:105
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
+"that the user is a member of."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Groupe</emphasis> : il est possible ici de "
+"sélectionner les groupes dont l'utilisateur est membre."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
+"effective until his/her next login."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous modifiez le compte d'un utilisateur connecté, les modifications ne "
+"seront prises en compte qu'après sa prochaine connexion."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:118
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Modifier </emphasis> (un groupe sélectionné)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
+"group name."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Données du groupe</emphasis> : permet de modifier le "
+"nom du groupe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
+"users who are members of the group"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilisateurs du groupe </emphasis>: sélectionner ici "
+"les utilisateurs membres du groupe."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:126
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Supprimer</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner un utilisateur ou un groupe et cliquer sur <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Supprimer</emphasis> pour l'enlever. Dans le cas d'un utilisateur, une "
+"fenêtre s'ouvre pour demander s'il faut aussi supprimer son dossier "
+"personnel et sa boîte aux lettres. Si un groupe privé a été créé, il sera "
+"aussi supprimé."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:133
+msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
+msgstr "Il est possible de supprimer un groupe qui n'est pas vide."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:136
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Rafraîchir</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"La base de données des utilisateurs peut être modifiée en dehors de "
+"Userdrake. Cliquer sur cette icône pour rafraîchir l'affichage."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:141
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Compte invité</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
+"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
+"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
+"account</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Le compte <emphasis role=\"bold\">invité</emphasis> est spécial. Il est "
+"destiné à fournir un compte provisoire à quelqu'un en toute sécurité. Le nom "
+"de connexion est xguest, sans mot de passe, il est impossible de modifier le "
+"système depuis ce compte. Les dossiers personnels sont effacés à la fin de "
+"la session. Ce compte est disponible par défaut. Pour le supprimer, cliquer "
+"dans le menu sur <guimenu> Actions -> Désinstaller le compte invité</"
+"guimenu>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the graphical server"
+msgstr "Configurer le serveur d'affichage"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
+msgid "XFdrake"
+msgstr "XFdrake"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"XFdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"XFdrake.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"XFdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"XFdrake.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez démarrer cet outil avec la ligne de commande <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> ou <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> en tant qu'utilisateur "
+"<emphasis>root</emphasis>. Faites attention aux majuscules dans la commande."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cet outil est disponible dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Matériel</emphasis>.<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:23
+msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
+msgstr "Les boutons permettent la configuration du serveur graphique."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Carte graphique :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
+"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
+"one with a proprietary driver."
+msgstr ""
+"La carte graphique actuellement configurée est affichée et le serveur "
+"graphique correspondant est configuré. Appuyer sur le bouton pour changer le "
+"pilote, par exemple pour un pilote propriétaire."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
+"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
+"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
+"Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les serveurs disponibles sont triés en ordre alphabétique des fabricants "
+"sous la rubrique <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> puis par modèles, également en "
+"ordre alphabétique. Les pilotes libres sont classés par ordre alphabétique "
+"sous la rubrique<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
+"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
+"in your Desktop Environment."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de problèmes, le pilote <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> fonctionnera "
+"la plupart du temps, ce qui vous permettra de chercher et installer le bon "
+"pilote depuis votre environnement graphique favori."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
+"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
+msgstr ""
+"Si même le pilote <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> ne vous permet pas de démarrer "
+"un environnement graphique, choisissez <emphasis>Xorg - fbdev</emphasis> qui "
+"est utilisé lors de l'installation de Mageia, mais ceci ne vous permettra "
+"pas de régler la résolution ou le taux de rafraîchissement."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"</note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you "
+"want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
+msgstr ""
+"</note>Si vous avez sélectionné un pilote libre, il se peut que vous soyez "
+"interrogé sur l'utilisation d'un pilote propriétaire pour plus de "
+"fonctionnalités (des effets 3D par exemple)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:45
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Moniteur :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
+msgstr ""
+"De même que précédemment, le moniteur actuellement détecté est affiché comme "
+"étiquette de bouton, sur lequel un appui permettra de changer pour un autre. "
+"Si le moniteur souhaité n'est pas dans la liste, choisir dans la liste "
+"<guilabel>Générique</guilabel> un moniteur avec les mêmes caractéristiques."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:54
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Résolution :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
+"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ce bouton permet le choix de la résolution (le nombre de pixels par ligne et "
+"par colonne) et la profondeur des couleurs. Il affiche l'écran suivant :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:60
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"XFdrake1.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"XFdrake1.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
+"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>L'image de l'écran au milieu est "
+"une prévisualisation de la configuration choisie."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
+"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
+"select an uncomfortable setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Le premier bouton affiche la résolution actuelle. Appuyez dessus pour la "
+"changer. La liste affichée est fonction des performances de la carte "
+"graphique et du moniteur. Il est possible de cliquer sur <guilabel>Autre</"
+"guilabel> pour spécifier d'autres résolutions, mais gardez à l'esprit que "
+"vous pouvez endommager l'écran ou installer quelque chose d'inconfortable."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Le deuxième bouton montre la profondeur actuelle, cliquez pour la changer."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
+"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+"En fonction de la résolution choisie, il sera peut être nécessaire de "
+"redémarrer le serveur d'affichage pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient "
+"pris en compte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test :</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
+"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
+"graphical environment doesn't work."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois que la configuration est faite, vous avez la possibilité de faire "
+"un test avant de l'accepter. Il est ainsi plus facile de modifier les "
+"réglages."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"Au cas où l'environnement graphique ne fonctionne plus, vous pouvez essayer "
+"de retrouver une console en mode texte par la combinaison Alt+Ctrl+F2 et en "
+"lançant la commande XFdrake (avec les majuscules) et de retrouver cet outil "
+"en mode texte."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"</note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't "
+"want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything "
+"is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"</note>Si le test n'est pas concluant, attendez simplement jusqu'à ce que "
+"l'affichage redevienne normal. Cliquez sur <guilabel>Non</guilabel> ou "
+"<guilabel>OK</guilabel> selon que vous voulez appliquer ou non les "
+"changements."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:97
+msgid "Options:"
+msgstr "Options :"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
+"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
+"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Options globales</guilabel> : si <emphasis>Désactiver Ctrl+Alt"
+"+Backspace</emphasis> est coché, il ne sera pas possible de redémarrer le "
+"serveur graphique par la combinaison de touches <keycap>Ctrl+Alt+Backspace</"
+"keycap>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
+"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Options de la carte graphique</guilabel> : permet d'activer ou de "
+"désactiver des fonctions spécifiques qui dépendent de la carte graphique."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Interface graphique lors du démarrage</guilabel> : En général, "
+"l'option <emphasis>Lancement automatique de l'interface graphique (Xorg) au "
+"démarrage</emphasis> est cochée pour que le système démarre en mode "
+"graphique. Elle peut être décochée pour un serveur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
+"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'appui sur le bouton <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton>, le système "
+"demande la confirmation de l'abandon des nouveaux paramètres ou de leur "
+"acceptation. Dans ce dernier cas, vous êtes invité à vous déconnecter et "
+"vous reconnecter afin d'activer la nouvelle configuration."
-- 
cgit v1.2.1